《The Arrival》


 1 The Even

    Earth is a relatively small planet in the grand scheme of things. The people of this planet are even smaller. However this relatively small place had held the belief that they were the only life in the universe. They maintained this belief for a very long time and with their understanding of science they had the evidence to back up that claim. However all of that changed in the year 2020. That year NASA detected a temporal fold in space around the planet Mars. Moments after they detected the fold something appeared in orbit around the planet. Said object was large enough to be seen by the Hubbell Space Telescope with great detail.


    NASA responded as quickly as possible in an attempt to inform Earth''s different Nations of what they had discover as well as get some type of verification from another scientific team on what they believe they found. No sooner had they began to send out calls did they themselves received a transmission from the object. The transmission completely destroy that belief for the people of NASA, because not only was that transmission in English, but it was also in every known language of the planet. At this point they started worry for the message only stated one thing..."Prepare".


    Else where in the country of The United States, a young man fights and epic battle against sleep while sitting in a desk, however this battle is ended when a ruler of justice is swung and land squarely in the middle of the fore head of this young man. The wielder of this ruler was a tall middle age European male with a reseeding hair line. WHACK...."For the love of all that is good stay awake Jack! The next time you fall asleep its straight to the principles office with you." Jack a 16 year old African american who had been rudely woken up did not even put in the time to think of a response for his head now sported a brand new ruler shaped imprint in the middle of his head along with a side of pain. Jack fell out of the chair while rubbing his head in an attempt to quell the pain.


    Letting his mind wander Jack absent-mindedly looks out of the widow to his left. He is currently on the second floor of the school so the view is pretty wide. Something catches his eye a shiny metal object. At first he just believes it to be a plane and tries to ignore it, but something seems off about it. The way it is currently moving in the sky dose not seem natural even for a plane. Jack slowly turns in his chair as he can see the object growing closer and closer, and as it dose Jack mouth starts to slowly open. The closer the object gets the easier is becomes to make out and Jack immediately recognizes what the object is or at lest believes it to be a Sheathipede-class transport shuttle. Like the shuttles used in the Star Wars movies and tv shows.


    Jack slaps him self hard enough that Mister White stops in the middle of his speech and stares at him. "Jack what are you doing if you feel the need to hurt yourself I am going to have to send you to the nurse. " Mister White said with a snicker on his face. " Dose anyone else see this or is it just me." Jack says jaw still dropped. "See what Ja....." Mister White turns in the direction Jack is looking and his mouth to slowly starts to open. Soon other members of the class room turn to at what has stopped their teacher from speaking only to be just as flabbergasted as student teacher pair before them. The shuttle which is close enough for Jack to make out sense pads and landing gear on the shuttle slowly hovers closer and closer to the school. It soon starts to glide over the school its self causing the building to vibrate slightly. Jack takes off to a class room on the other side of the building. Soon followed by his teacher and other classmate, running into an ongoing art class. The teacher Ms. Samatha a middle age Indian female spots Jack running into her class, she knows of Jack like most teachers know him a trouble maker,however before she can speak her class was being bum rushed by Mister Whites class. All of his students including Mr. White where all trying to force their way inside.


    Not understanding what was happening Ms. Samatha attention was then drawn the shadow flowing across the floor and covering the window of her class. She watched as some thing that in her mind must be a new type of plane or helicopter started to land in the middle of the P.E. field behind the school. All she could think of at that moment in time was "Well I am glad am not the person who''s going to need to explain this to the parents and the press." As the objects visible engines began to power down and the object seem like it was settled. In the the next moment Samatha heard one of the widows being opened and glanced just in time to see Jack grab the gutter by the widow and slide down it to ground level. "Ahhh.... well I guess this is why they call him a trouble maker..." Samatha turned to Mr. White and shook her head out of pity. Then just stare out the widow like the rest of her class.


    Jack at this point made it to ground level but did not immediately head to the shuttle. Instead he knew his two best friend Trish and Keith had P.E. at this very moment so seeking them out he head to the class that was just off to the side of the track a few meters away from the shuttle. As if they had a physic connection the two people in question came running out of the crowed heading to Jack. Jack couldn''t help but be reminded about how greatful his was to his parent about going to school for if he had not he would not have meet this two amazing people. These two people that did not get jealous because he was smarter than them, and that loved the same hobbies that he loved. Trish a short female of asian descent,and Keith also a african america both ran to Jack as fast as they could.

 2 Taken

    As the doors finished their cycling process they slowly parted as a ramp extend down toward the three friends. Jack grabbed Keith''s and Trish''s sleeves as he slowly moved back away from the ship. He wanted to give who ever was coming out of the ship a wide birth. I mean its a freaking star wars ship that already put who ever it is at a technology advantage over the whole planet. He did not want to offend anything that came out of the ship. His two friends got the hint and slowly back away with him. As the moved the heard the slow clanking of metal feet on the deck of the ship. At this point the rest of the PE class that was on the track had moved up behind the three and where shocked by what they say next. Two Neimoidians in traditional Trade Federation robes followed by three squads of B1 battle droids walked out of the ship and on to the field. Jack was stunned in his mind he was holding out thinking maybe the military had come up with a new aircraft and they were in the middle of testing it. However how could he claim that to be so with the two Neimoidains standing in front of him. The two aliens seem to talk to themselves in a langue that none of the humans could understand. This went on for about five minutes, all the while no one around them moved it wasn''t as if something made them not move it was just that everyone was just too stunned to due so. Jack couldn''t take it anymore he felt that he had to say at lest something...anything so he took a deep breath and...

 3 UN

    Meanwhile in New York City and emergency session of the UN was under way. After NASA informed the president of the message they received he spent the better part of the day getting in touch with other world leaders. Getting as many members as they could on a video call to try and sort what all of this would mean for the them and the rest of the world. After setting up the best they could the began the meeting however most of the leader knew what would mean for them if the world was visited by such a highly advanced civilization. " Order...Order. This session of the United Nation is called to order." Stated a UN monitor soon the many voices in the hall died down. The chair man of China push the a button to be allowed to speak. " The Chair recognizes the Chairman of The People''s Republic of China." The leader of China took a breather then began," I wish the confirm that all nation that are here at this moment received the same message of Prepare." The other member nation confirmed that they had too got that message. " Seeing how that is the case I wish to state that then the world should prepare for war. Who ever these people or creatures are they are more advanced then we are. To be able transmit a message to the whole world from Mars means they have the means to wipe us out completely and the people of China will not go out without a fight!" That statement was meet with a roaring applause by most of the members.


    Next to speak was The Prime Minister of Japan. " I agree with the Chairman of China I move to propose that all current conflicts in the world are tabled for the for see able future as we now have a bigger threat. I as so propose that all limits on military weapons and army formation be removed." Again most of the member nation agreed to this, however there was one nation that was not so quick to follow this thinking, and they took this moment to speak out. " The President of the United States wish to be heard." At this moment the entire room went silent.


    The movement of the shuttle was smooth, if Jack had not seen them take off before the cargo hold hatches closed he would still believe they where on the ground back at the school. This was not the case however, them moment they step into the ship they were hand cuffed sat down and shackled to the metal seats they were on. Keith had tried to get out of the shackles but yea no luck I mean the things were made to hold Jedi what good could a couple of High Schooler do. With nothing to do at the moment Jack choice to observe to try and understand what the goal here was. For one he came to the conclusion that the Neimoidians had lied about not knowing where the world leaders where simply because from the moment they go on the ship to it taking off not one time did they ask where they were. They did not come with a landing ship at lest not as far as he could tell. So complete planetary invasion had not happened yet. So they want something else and he guess that he and his friends where insurance to insure that the Neimoidians could get what they wanted or leave after they meet with the UN. As his thoughts wondered Trish nudged him to get his attention. " I am not sure but I think guys might want to use as a hostages Jack." Jack nodded at Trish''s statement. " Well that just great...well at lest we will be on TV as the first human hostages in an cross civilization high stakes poker match if you will." She said some what exhausted. Jack had come to this conclusion already but still nodded to his friend clearly understanding this was not where they wanted or need to be but had no say in the matter.


    Still Jack keep hope they would soon learn what they Hask and Ishmel where here for. As this though passed in his mind Hask himself stepped into the cargo hold standing in front of Jack. " Speak of the devil..." Jack spoke out loud, Hask raised his eyebrow but did not comment on the statement clearly is was a saying on this human world. " So young human seeing how you are a guess on my ship I feel it is only proper that you tell me your name do you not believe so..." Hask almost hissed while speaking causing Keith to almost start laugh at the unbelievable nature of their whole situation. Hask shoot a cold glance at the human silencing him instantly then turing his attention back to Jack waiting for his response. Jack sat for awhile with out saying anything just stare at Hask with the same cold look he had shot his friend. However Hask could feel something crawl on his skin when the human stared at him. It felt as though something was trying to force its way in to his body and devour him from the inside. The only thought in his mind at this moment was Danger. It only lasted for a second but thats all anything needs to take to make an impression.


    The stare down continued for a few more seconds until Jack sighed and then answer Hask. " I am Jack... Jack Carter my friend on my left is Trish Anderson, and my friend to the right is Keith Reed. Now that I answered you question maybe you could explain to me a few things as its is only fair right?" Jack stare at Hask waiting for a response which was give with out much of a fight. " Sure Jack your right it is only fair seeing how we did ''diplomatically'' invite you on to my ship so I am sure you have questions as to why." ''Diplomatically yea thats a good one'' Jack thought but then quickly shifted to the one thing he could not figure out. " Ok Hask do tell me why are you here sure the planet has mineral deposit but compared to some of the asteroids in the galaxy what we have might as well equal nothing. We don''t have any form of technology the Trade Federation could want or need, and if you were going to conquer our planet you would have done so already.Hell you don''t even need me and my friends as hostages I am sure we don''t have anything to fight the command ship you have in orbit or even the extra B1 battle droids you have here in the cargo hold. So I have to know what do you want really?"

 4 Here we create Dragons

    Sitting just six light years outside of the Sol System four modified Lictor-class ship floated silently though the void. Each ship just over 764 meters long filled to the brim with at total of 10.260 souls on board. 860 active and battle ready Mandalorian warriors tested in the fires of combat were manning the controls for each vessel, while the remainding 9,400 were new blood family units and the old who could no longer fight for the glory of Mandalor. 61,560...that was all that was left of the true Mandalorians. They had been lead into a trap my the republic senate who had sent a distress call out for the Mandalorians help to rescue a senate ship that was being attacked by the Black Suns. Answering the call as Mandalorains do, unable to quench their taste for battle Mand''alor lead the fight himself to kill off the pirate scum. Little did the true Mandlorians know that this attack was set up by the Death Watch a splinter faction with in the Mandlorian clans. With the help of the Republic defense fleet the Death Watch had all but destroyed the Mandlorian fleet. To add insult to injury at the same time during the fleet battle the Death Watch sent assassins to kill off all of the family units in the clan home base of the true Mandlorians.


    Only six vessels managed to jump back to Mandalor. Mand''alor''s flag ship was destroyed in the battle and his helmet lost to the void. With moral low the remaining ship had hope to get reinforcements from the Mandlorian that remained loyal to them only to discover that their clan headquarters was being burned to the ground. Arriving as quickly as possible to the battle they were surprise to find a group of Jedi had been fighting along side their warriors to protect as many non combatants as they could. Battle on the ground was pure chaos. Buildings half destroyed from artillery fire, bodies laid out in the middle of streets and out of vehicles, people buried alive and screaming for help. Even with the help of the Jedi holding the front lines with the warriors that had been left behind to defend the headquarters city. The Mandlorians were in disarray, without direction...without their Mand''alor...it was in this time of death and destruction that a single girl...no a single Mandlorain War Goddess descended into the battle field. Charging out of one of the newly arrived star ships the Mandlorain did not even wait for the ships landing gear to fully extend. With the ship still in the middle of the air the War Goddess lead a troop of 250 Mandlorains out of the cargo bay doors diving right into the battle.


    "200 meter...150...100...50..40..30..20..NOW!" Was shout through the coms of falling Mandos as each of their jet pack roared to life just inches above the ground. Their attack was not without its losses of the 250 that took the dive only 180 hand made to the but their deaths had created an opportunity the defense troops push the front lines away from the city and give the people enough time to get on board and escape. The Death Watch''s left flank had been destroyed by attack from the Mandos. In that lull in the battle one of the Jedi arrived to the side of the newly arrived Mandlorains. The Jedi in question was a slightly younger Count Dooku, still a servant of the light side of the force. " That was quite impressive however it may still prove to be a pointless endeavor as there are too many of them and too few of us." The Count spoke looking to the lead Mandlorain. Which he discover based off the shape of the armor and their hight must be a female Mandlorain and a young one at that. The Mandlorain did not look in his direction as she spoke. " Gather all who can fight bring them here this is where we stand until all that can get on the ships can...three hours that is the longest we can hold with our current ammo count after that anyone left behind will fight to the death. We are no ones slaves..." The Count nodded, " I agree we Jedi will stand with you here...well those of use who still breath will." No more words were need between them each turned to their prospective groups however just as Count Dooku was about to leave he turn and asked. " What do I call you Mandlorain." With out missing a beat the War Goddess smoothly said "Sharia Morman of Clan Darkhide." The count nodded and then continued walking to his fellow Jedi.


    Near the city the six Lictor-class ship finally made land fall and the evacuation had began. No sooner had the people entered the ships had the fighting began again. The defenders did not give a single inch even as their losses began to pill up all around them. For two hours they held the line. By the two and a half hour mark most of their ammo was spend. Even their Jedi allies were showing signs of exhaustion. They had however given the ships enough time to gather all that they could the ones left behind where either too injury to move safety or where trapped in buildings and could not be saved. At this point the Mandlorains defenders began their withdrawal into the ships themselves. Only 300 in total of the defenders made it on to the ship with the city having at lest 5,000 troops before this loss was devastating. However they were able to save many of the younger generation so for Mandlorains it was an acceptable loss. After making it into space the six Mandlorain ships plotted a course for Cato Niemoidia. The Neimoidians of the Trade Federation owed clan DarkHide and with how badly the clan had been hurt by this betrayal. If they did not collect not their was not telling when they would.


    After arriving in Cato Niemoidia a deal was struck with The Niemoidians they had discovered a system in the outter rim that the Darkhid clan could hide a recover. The Trade Federation would prove supplies for them to build on any planet in the new system and even go as far as wipe the planet from their records and in return all debts to my the Trade Federation to the Darkhides'' would be void. Just before the week long journey it would take for the convoy to reach this new system the Darkhide clan was surprised when the Jedi who had fought with them decided they would help them set up the foundation of their colony before they would leave. The jedi that had survived the battle had been told about the battle in space before hand and had been furious with the Republic for their betrayal any many had plan to take this information to the Jedi council as soon as they had finished helping the Darkhides. The leader of this small group of 10 jedi that had remained was Count Dooku as he was the only Master Jedi left among them. He promised he would see to it that justice would be served to the the Death Watch the moment they returned back in the Republic space, but until then any help they need from the jedi they would get.


    Which brings us back to the current time...On the bridge of the lead Lictor-class ship Sharia Morman stared out into the void trying to think of the best way her people could move forward. No Mandlorain had tried to claim the seat of Mand''alor yet. With many holding off until we arrive at this new system. There had been many hoping she would put her name in for the title due to her display in battle during the escape off of Mandlor. However Sharia her self did not believe her display was anything special she was with 250 other brave Mandlorains some one which died a glories death in battle. Some of those who died where better Mandlorains than her self she was just lucky. Even still the elder counsel decided her action still warranted her command of one of the remaining vessels they had left in the fleet.


    Just as her thoughts began wondering towards the void again she was interrupted back one of the bridge officers. " Commander we have an incoming message from the Trade Federation Holo call." Sharia nodded at the officer, " Place it through." Then turned to the image on the Holo net. The figure that appeared was Viceroy Hask in all his Niemoidian glory. His image zoomed out slightly to show is whole body before he began speaking. "Commander Sharia a pleasure as always I just wanted to inform you of a slight complication to our plan." Shari frowned under her helmet. " What complication." She stated coldly. " Well the planet we found can inhabit life just find it just there is a other species here natives. There technology is thousand of years behind ours however they are human so we wanted to know how do you want to proceed." Sharia smiled in her helmet a new world that can sustain life and a race of humans not influenced by the Republic. She knew what this would mean for her clan and the other seven clans that had survived the escape.

 5 Meeting Face to Face

    Jacks mind was spinning... Mandlorains...real Mandlorains, and they wanted the planet for a training colony. What did this mean was Earth about to become part of the Mandlorain sector, where the humans here going to forced to leave earth. Jack tried to make sense of the last words Hask had told him, but how could he. He knew if the Earth''s nations tried to fight the Mandlorains forget about slavery they would be lucky if the planet wasn''t glassed over just for the hell of it. Jack turned to his friend only to discover they were already facing him mouth open jaw dropped from both of them.


    Hask chuckled at the reactions from the three humans. It seemed as he guessed right and they at lest had an idea on what Mandlorains are. They might not know each individual clan but the name as a whole is enough to strike fear in most of the Republic systems. " You see young Jack my people owed this particularly group of Mandlorain a very large favor. So as a means to pay off said favor we decided to gift them with a newly discovered star system that the Federation had come across. When we entered the system we did not know that this planet had any form of intelligent life that is until we picked up on all the radio signals that your planet was shooting off into space." Hask paused to allow the humans'' mind to catch up then continued, " After tracking the signals back to this planet we sent probe droids to check what was causing the signals only to discover a civilization developing on the world."


    ''Well Shit'', was all Jack mind could come up with. Many of the world leading scientist had always warned about the dangers of uncontrolled signals being sent into space. The saying ,when you stare into the void the void stares back rolled into his mind. Now that he had his answer he did not feel to good on his planets chances on a whole. The belief that some how they could get these guys to leave peacefully flew out the window when the word colony had been used. Even though the situation looked bleak Jack couldn''t help think of the benefit that Earth was going to be the colony of the Mandlorain instead of another Republic world. If anything about the movies hold up then that would mean the Republic it terrible corrupt right now. With how outclassed the earth is at the moment entering into the loins den known as the Republic would the last thing any one on earth would have wanted. Just as soon as Jack mind started to go though the many possible they could have the ship jarred slightly, and the engine began to power down.'' Well I guess it show time'' Jack thought as a droid came over and un cuffed him and his two friends and walked them to the cargo bay hatch awaiting its cycle to finish before it opens.


    Before the talks could begin air raid sirens began blaring though out the building. Security personnel rushed inside the room and started locking the room down. The world leaders that where in the room where moved from any of the windows and forced to the ground. The President managed to grab one of the MPs that where running around. " Son whats going on!" He yelled over the sirens. " Mr President radar just pick up an unknown boggy heading here at speed that makes no sense we need to get everyone in this room safely to the middle of the building." The MP then grabbed the President and shuffled him to the exit of the room leading deeper into the building with the rest of the world leaders following closely behind.


    As the group made it way into the building they did not get very far before they started to hear the sounds of gun fire. Then the sound of explosion ripped though the hall and smoke creeping on the sealing begins its slow decent to the ground. The security teams make the quick decision to abandon taking the VIPs deeper into the building and instead chose to get them outside and hopefully way from all the fighting. Making quick turns though the hallways the group makes it to one of the many emergency exit. One of the MPs steps up to open and clear the door before the group heads outside. Just and the solider reaches the door he is meet with blaster bolt through the door. All of the world leaders jumped to the floor as more blaster fire ripped into the hallway. By the time all the shooting had stopped all the members of the security where either dead or dying. The President looked up from the floor just in time to see a battle droid pushing open the exit door. The droid place its blaster in front of the president. " Come with me if you want to live...I have always wanted to say that." The droid buzzed in its recognizable high pitched voice.


    Jack, Trish, and Keith were lead out of the shuttle they stood no longer hand cuffed but till under threat of a quick death if they tried something unsavory. Jack took this instance to take in their surroundings. Smoke clogged the air as flames poured out of the third and fourth floors of the UN building. Jack was reminded once again that this was not a game and they would and kill anyone who got in the way. Jack noticed a group of people being escorted by a squad of B1s coming out of the front entrance of the building. Keith immediately recognized the lead human in the group. " Hey dude thats the President...damn they took out all of the security and captured every world leader the building man we are so screwed." Keith whispered to the group which caused the normally quite Ishmel to smirk at the comment and added, " We did this with only four squads of infantry droids...you are right young human you are screwed."


    The President walked at gun point right to the Neiomidian Viceroy. '' Well damn so we are dealing with the things from the star wars universe'' the president thought to himself. Walking right up to the Viceroy he stop right in front of the creature then motioned with his hands to all of the death and destruction. " Was all of this really necessary. I am sure you could that we posed no threat to you so what was the point of this attack." Hask was taken back this human did have a point there was not a real meaning to their attack at this point maybe they did go a little bit over bored, but its not like he would admit that to this human. "We felt that this small display would prove the greatest point." Hask spoke quickly to hide his slight embarrassment." (cough)...Any way this was just to help your people understand that what ever you had plan they amount to nothing in the face of power and that the people that are currently on the way here will be many... many times worst than we have."

 6 The New Order

    The meteor shuttle decent slowly came to a halt just meters above the ground. The world leaders looked on is complete silents. Many of them where nervous about meeting this second group new comers especially in the current state that they have found their selfs in. With a loud hiss the shuttle touched down and the ground around them shook slightly. This new shuttle was heavy more amor and some what heavier weapons. Everything about this shuttler screamed troop transport. 30 meters long and two heavy blaster cannons this was a craft made for war and only war. The shuttle landed with the side of the ship facing the group of humans with it drop bay doors slowly opening. The humans got the first look clan DarkHide of the Mandalorians.


    Sharia Morman and her honor guard looked out at the group in front of them, and the only think that she could think of was...weak...the were so very weak. They did not put up much of a fight when the Trade Federation attacked them, and their so called leaders need to be protected for they didn''t look like they could fight for there own lives. She shook her head in disappointment as they made their way over to the captives. She did spot a smaller group of humans who looked younger than the rest. If she could not salvage the older generation then at lest the younger one could be molded in to true Mandalorians. Walking right to the Viceroy Sharia said nothing to him at first. Just handed him a data pad and awaited a response.


    Jack was in complete awe as the Mandalorains in their heavy durasteel alloy armor walked out into the night air. Tho the sun had long set Jack could still make out the dark blue color palette of the armor. With the T slit helmet these where tried and true Mandalorains, and yet some how he felt as though something really bad was about to happen turing to Trish and Keith he could tell he was not the only one who felt it as well. As the Mandalorains made their way over to them Jack noticed the droids seem to turn off or something. He gave the one next to him a slight kick and got no response. Pulling at Trish''s sleeve he motioned for all three of them to slowly back up and try to get in front of the shuttle. They had made just behind the droid line when a hand reached up a grabbed Jack by the shoulder. Jack turned to face a blaster pistol pointed at his gut and a Mandalorain shaking their head in a mocking manner. Clearly amused at their poor escape attempt.


    The leader of the Mandalorain nodded then walked right to the President and asked one thing, " Do You Lead these people?" it was at this moment Jack discover the leader was a girl her voice hand rang out due to her helmets speakers. The President straighten his back and answered " For most of them yes I do." The Mandalorain nodded then step forward squared up with the man swiped the pad on her wrist and a Kal shot out from her gauntlets and very quickly stuck the President in his gut. The man had no idea what was happening until it was too late. The girl in front of him had struck so fast the thought of escape had not crossed his mind. He didn''t even know that he had gotten stabbed until he felt the blood run down the pant leg of his suit. He looked at the girl who stabbed him in confusion as he slowly fell to the ground. He knew he was dying the amount of blood that was flowing he had 20 sec at most. He could help but ask "why" in an almost whisper of a voice. The Mandalorain answered simply, " Your people are Mandalorains now and can only follow Mand''alor I killed you because you are the old order and most died so the new can replace you." The President was unwilling to go after he heard this answer but no matter how unwilling the sprit of the body can no longer sustain you then you still died all the same.


    Sharia watched the man died it was the lest she could do after ending his life in such a way, but his death would not be used in vain. His death should show the rest of these would be leaders that she was not to be tariffed with. Turning to the Viceroy she took the data pad from him and stated that the rest of the ships would be arriving with in the next cycle. As the two finished the discussion an honor guard walked up to her with three young humans behind him. " Commander I found three trouble makers trying to sneak off before the show what are your orders." Before Sharia could speak Hask beat her to the punch. " Ah Jack why would you go running off like that you could get hurt out here." Sharia could not help but roll her eyes at his statement but it did interest her that the Viceroy had gone out of his way to learn the name of this human. Understanding that he should explain himself Hask tells the Mandalorain leader his in counter with the young humans before her. He also tried to drop the idea that if they had displeased her the Trade Federation was more than willing to take the three off planet.


    Sadly for Hask after hear his tale Sharia has taken an interest in the three and has them carted on to the transport ship along with the body of their former leader. He was to be buried with full honors though he might not have been Mandalorain his death was for the greater good of the Mandalorian people. She also issued orders to the remaining world leaders. They had been tasked with preparing large areas in heavy populated zones of the planet for star ship landing as well as the meeting that would host the native leaders and the clan leaders in the next week or so. Though many of the leaders accepted with out much issue the Chair Man for the Peoples Republic of China had refused. Claiming his people would fight to the death. Though she respected his willingness to fight she did not have time for it so just like the america president she quickly killed the man off. However on like the previous leader who''s death had a purpose. This death was meaning less so he was left to the elements.

 7 The Demon Forge

    Count Dooku could not understand his current feelings. From the moment the ship he was on had entered the star system it had felt as though the force had been swallowed up by a black hole. No matter what he tried he could not feel anything, this powerless feeling continued right until the ship had entered the atmosphere of this new world. The force had come rushing in like a river rushing over rocks it had filled every inch of the planet below. It had been so over well-meaning that a few of the Jedi Knights had pass out from the strength of it all. This planet was rich in the force, and not the light or dark side just the force and this concerned him. If the jedi order where ever to find this place that would bring the Republic senate running to this world to try and claim it for themselves. Which now posed a problem seeing how this planet was to be the home of the Mandalorains that the same Republic had try to destroy.


    He would need to convince the other jedi to keep this place a secret when they returned to Republic space. Not that he believe it would be too hard to do no the problem would come from those jedi who would want to stay. Though Mandalorains do not really have a problem with the jedi they are not to keen on most jedi interference into other cultures laws and customs. He would nee to walk a tight rope when breaching the subject to one of the commanders of the Mandalorain ships but it was something the force was telling him to do. Something on this planet was calling out to him and his fellow jedi. He had to ensure they could stay no matter the cost.


    It had been a week since the Mandalorains ships had landed on the planet. The Trade Federation Ship had left the system four days ago. As promised they erased any data they had about the system. To the rest of the galaxy this was just a void in space. The set up for the Mandalorains had not been easy. Even though when the world leaders had the situation ''explained'' to them at gun point by Sharia. The moment the gun was removed many of the world leaders had immediately tried to fight back. Russia and China had formed a joint army to try and fight the Mandalorains who had landed on their continent. The two million strong army faced off against 10,260 Mandalorains, and it had been a blood bath. Though the humans had the numeral advantage number really mean nothing in the face of power. The small arms fire from the humans could not even put a dent in the durasteel plates of the Mandalorin armor. Add to the fact that noting on earth had been made to stop blaster bolts. It was like an ant biting a wolf nothing they did matter and they could not stop anything done to them.


    So every solider on the battle field hand been slaughtered. The generals had been made to watch then were decapitated at the end. Two million people killed in a matter of 30 minutes after that any thoughts of rebellion had been snuffed out. The jedi that came with the Mandlorains were upset with the action of the Mandlorains but they did not stop them as per the deal they had come to in order to stay on the planet though some would return to Republic space most would stay and look for what had been calling for them though the force. This had come a shock to many of the humans for some had believe that in their time of need the jedi would come to help them. Sadly the jedi had give them up for the chance to stay.


    Four days after the battle the clan leaders and the remaining native leaders gather once again in the UN building in New York. It was in that meeting that the natives were told that the six continents with large native human population were going to be divided up and given to the six clans of the Mandlorains. All peoples of this planet were now Mandlorains and they belonged to the clan of their continent. Every man woman and child would go though a re-education and training system. Any person who did not comply would be killed there were going to be no thoughts of rebellion this time around. Earth no longer existed the planet was new Mandlor and the humans of this planet were Mandlorains weather they liked it or not.


    One month later... near the summit of a mountain in the rocky mountain range. Jack, Trish, Keith, and at lest 20 other students were trying to catch their breath. They had been on a force march for the last 15 miles and for people who had not been fighter this was a bit much. Leading this group was a white hair old man, however this old man looked as though he had been chiseled out of granite. Not and ounce of fat could be seen, his arms were the size of basket balls and his abs looked as though they were trying to rip out of his shirt. The old warrior turned to face his charge and shook his head in disappointment. " You lot are completely weak...we haven''t gone more than 15 miles at best and look at you." The student didn''t even have the power to respond to the man. " At this rate none of you will pass the trials hell you would be lucky to survive the damn thing.


    Keith wheezed as he forced air into his lungs. " Commander Cage...sir...this is new for most of us...could you cut us some slack sir.." The old man Cage scoffed " Slack is for the weak and sleep is for the dead. I will turn you all into proud Mandlorains if it kills you. Rest time is over move out!" The students groaned as the continued their march to the top of the mountain. It had been a little over three weeks since the trio like much of the youth of earth had been force into the Mandlorain training centers.


    The three friend had not even had the time to inform their families about where they had been for the last three week. As all forms of communication had been take from them the moment they enter the facility. " If you pass the trials you can go and visit your family units if they too are still alive by then." That was all the information they had been give which did not go over well partially with Trish. She lived with her father and sister and had not seen them in over a month. The Mandlorains would not even tell her which training center her sister was in saying, " Worry about yourself before worrying about others if you live you will have time to look for her."


    They had been right for three weeks they went through the fires of hell. 0300-1000 physical fitness training, 1000-1400 hand to hand combat training, 1400 -1430 lunch, 1430-1600 blaster rifle and range training 1600- 1900 military tactics and survival training, 1900-1930 mandatory hygiene, 1930-2000 dinner, 2000-0300 sleep. Rinse and repeat that had been their life for the last three weeks. That is until today they had spent the better part of the morning on this hike that seemed to have no destination. Jack and the others had gotten to know the people in their group quite well in the last three weeks all 20 had been the same age group of 16 to 17, but they had all been taken from all over the world and brought to this training center. None of the could figure out the reason for that but it was not worth worrying about now. What they should be focused on would be not dying on the hike to nowhere.

 8 Legacy

    The Demon Forge...that was the nick name for the training center that created the Mandlorain super commandos. Anyone who ever went into the forge and manage to come out alive always came out a totally different being. So far in the last three weeks Jack and his friends had not seen or hear of anything the Mandlorains had someone do that could get them kill. That had changed from the moment they had their first training session with the trainers of the Demon Forge. Captain Zack had given the students a Beskad, a 45 centimeter curved blade with an edge sharp enough to cut glass like paper. " Practice your forms if you do them right no one should get hurt. If you do them wrong well...you will be relieved of what ever limb had gotten in the way of the blade."


    For two hours the students practice combat forms in a nerve racking sweat. Jack was no exception to this. Though he pretty athletic before all of this training, this was a bladed weapon they using. Even the blades in the training center they had been in before had all be dull. Sharp blades gave Jack a completely foreign feeling. One where any mistake he made could cost him an arm or a leg. slowly the students had started to come to grips with what they were doing. The two that had adapted the fast with the blades had been Keith and another student name Sam. Jack was not far behind them and soon all of the students had confidence in the actions they were performing.


    Captain Zack walked the line of students and nodded his head in approval. " Good now do them at the same time and we will get some grub." Keith who had been absent-minding spinning his blade nearly fell over when he heard what had been said. If the situation had not been so serious Jack would have laugh at his friend but just based on the fact that the person who was in charge of them was a super commando it did not seem like the best idea so he like the rest of the student attempted to do combat forms in sync. After another two hours no progress had been made, and many of the kids were going more and more frustrated. In this frustration accidents started to pill up. Cuts on the arm here, cuts on the legs there, Jack some how manage to cut down his right side cheek on his face which caused him to drop the Beskad. As the blood from his face slowly dripped on to the ground something inside him clicked.


    Not one to be left out of a party Keith also sat down and closed his eyes and hope to feel what ever his friends had felt. It did not take long before he too heard the noise... boom..boom..boom. Zack was a bit annoyed he had told these younglings to complete a task and instead they all just sat down and what took a nap. He made his way over to the first one to sit and went to strike him then planned to have the others run for the next 3 hours in combat armor, but as he went to hit Jack something in his mind warned him that it would be a very bad idea to do that. His instincts had save his life on many occasions and right now they were telling him if he touches anyone of these younglings he would more than likely die.


    Jack felt as though everything around him was on crystal clear lake. He could feel every ripple when the wind blow past him, every movement Trish who was next to him was making. From the insects in the grass to the birds in the sky he could feel it all. Then as more and more of the students joined him in the meditation he could feel more and more of them. Their thoughts, their feelings, their hopes, and dreams. He was being connected to everything about them and they were connecting to everything about him. The space around the students seemed to warp and change. Small pebbles started to rise from the ground around them and bits of electricity began arcing around the group.


    Zack looked in awe at what was happing around him. As slow as he could he back out of the group area trying his best not disrupt what ever was happing. Hitting commands on his wrist a drone shot into the air and started recoding the scene. He know whatever was about to happen the elders would need to see this.


    The wind blow into the center of the group then out...in and out ...in and out almost like the group was breathing in and out as one entity. The ground shook in a strange rhythm ..thump thump.. like a heart beat. The arcs of electricity grew thicker and thicker as the wind began to swirl. Clouds turned dark and gather above,and as if to add to the climax Jack took his blade and pointed to the sky. Just as a bolt of lighting struck down in to the blade then into the boy. The flash was bright and sudden causing Zack to look away and shield his eyes. When he could finally look to the group he saw all the younglings where standing with their eyes closed.


    Jack could feel all of the students...no not just students these people where no longer strangers to each other. They knew everything about him and he knew everything about them. He stood with his brothers and sisters and drew is blade into an arc and began form one of the combat forms. Like a mirror image all of the younglings moved with him. Faster and Faster they moved without missing one movement and no one missing a step or failing to keep in sync until the final move when they all stabbed into the ground. At the moment the connection between them had been cut and they all collapsed to the ground and passed out.


    Zack throughout the whole event was quite even after they had all collapsed he did not say a word. After a good five minutes He input commands into the drone and then sent it off to the back of the compound. He hit his coms device to call other instructors to help move the younglings in to the medical bays. After insuring that they were being carefully looked after he headed into the command center to contact the elders. Had he not seen what just happened with his own eyes he would not believe so he mental high fived himself for recording the event with the drone.


    What caused this event no one at the time no one would know it would not be until a few week later that the Mandlorains would come to learn that the jedi had found what they were looking for, and would unknowingly unleash something into the world that had been sealed since the formation of the planet.


    Somewhere in the middle of the Arctic a group of old men gather around an entrance to a cave. The cave is not natural it had been cut out with a mining laser at a 30 degree angle straight into the ice. At the bottom of the cavern the top of a metal structure could be seen. The rest of the structure was still coved by layers of ice and snow however if one could guess the size of the structure it would have to be one size...huge. walking to the exposed part of the building Count Dooku and his jedi marvel at the sight in front of them.

 9 Unleashed

    Star Forge... the legendary war factory of the old Republic era. The legacy of the Jedi Order''s greatest master...Revan. He was also the Sith''s greatest Darth as well,but at the moment none of that was important. What is important was trying to understand why the star forge was buried in the ice and snow in the Arctic. Dooku and the other jedi knew the only way to get answers was to get inside.


    The closer the got to the structure the stronger the pull of the force becomes. Using the Force Dooku forces the metal door open but it was in that moment that something incredible happen. When the jedi had first arrived on the planet it had felt as though the forces was all around them but they could not feel it in any of the plants or animals or even the natives. They had felt as empty as the space around the planet. That changed the second the door was forced open.


    An explosion, thats the best way to describe what the jedi felt as the Force surged out of the star forge. Dooku saw the force spread out like a rolling wave in every direction. The void that they had felt before vanished right before his eyes. "Quickly we must discover what we just unleashed, the answers must be inside." Dooku shout at the jedi as he ran into the structure. Running down the hall ways Dooku was looking for a console of some sort anything he could try and pull data from he did not make it far before he ran into a giant holocron in the middle of a cross road.


    Walking up to it he could not help but shutter about the amount of knowledge he could learn from who ever placed the holocron here. Reaching out with the force he stirred the holocron into action. As the light slowly flickered on an image appeared in front of the count. " What have you done Jedi the Forge has been woken far too soon it will not be able to leave the planet at this rate!" The figure shout at Dooku. " And you are..." The count was a bit cautious he was hoping to at lest recognize who ever appeared, but he did not know who this women was. " Who I am is not important but if you must call me something you can call me the Outcast like all the jedi before you."


    Now thats a title the Count knew...the jedi who returned after Revan turned to the darkside and had her power stripped from her. Only to have her regain her powers fall to the darkside and follow after Revan when he went into deep space. " Not only did you active the star forge early you released the force energy that had been repairing the forge back to the planet." The Outcasted stated with stark coldness in her voice.


    "What do you mean force energy had the forge being stealing the force energy from the planet and the creatures on it." The Outcasted nodded at the count. " Thats right there is no star here and its not like it could take the energy from the core so what other choice did it have."


    With that much power even beings that would not normal feel the force would gain the ability to do so. "There is just one question left I have for you Outcast the star forge is Revan''s legacy why are you here and not he?" This caused the Outcast to smile, " Who said he was not this holocron was made to house not just data but also bits of a persons soul. How did you think we where having this conversation if not for the fact that some of me was placed in here. " Dooku arched his eyebrow, " Then where..." "Finding his successor." The Outcast stated before the count could finish his question.


    Jack could not understand where he was. In ever direction he looked all he saw was darkness. Looking down he was sitting on something that looked like water but was solid and every movement sent a ripple through the floor. '' Well this is different'' Jack thought as he slowly rose to his feet. " I am surprise youngling most are afraid the first time they come into the force scape." A voice rang out from the darkness. Jack spun around looking for the caster of the voice which only caused them to laugh in his attempt. " Youngling if I do not wish to be seen you will not find me."


    "Who or what are you", Jack said trying to decided if the voice was friend or foe. " Now that would be telling and where is the fun in that you will learn my name in time but for now I want to ask you something."


    Jack sat down in his mind he thought, ''It''s not like I can leave so might as well listen.'' Satisfied with Jack action the voice continued, " If you and your people had the power would you choice to throw the Mandlorains off this planet." Jack answer immediately, "If it was before they came then yes but now that they are here no." The voice was intrigued , " Why before but not now." "Simple they were just a threat before but now they are useful, they forced the planets nations to come together in agreement, we are making strives to solve problems that have be plaguing the planet as a whole ,we are increasing out technological stagnation,and many other actives that as a planet we would not do before."


    The Voice was impressed," So dose this mean you are grateful for the Mandlorains even after everything they have done to your people." " No " Jack said coldly, " Do not misunderstand me if the tables were ever turned my people would pay the Mandlorains for ever slight and every insult, and the one who killed the President I would kill her in the slowest way possible. The man might not have been the greatest leader but he was the one my people choice his death was not for her or any of them to deiced."


    "Ha..hahah! Boy I like you in fact I like you and all of your little friend,but I must say your way of thinking is very Mandlorain of you. You sure your not one of them." Now it was Jack turn to be a bit shocked. He had never thought about he way of thinking in that manner before, but it did not stop his answer, " So what if it is...if I think like a Mandlorain then I will become the best one there is. But it I wont belong to the Darkhide or any other clan I will belong to my own!"


    Just as he finished speaking a figure stepped out of the shadows and stopped in front of Jack. Wearing a pitch black robe with feet,leg,chest ,hand ,and wrist armor made of durasteel. The final piece being his T shaped masked in red and black. Two light sabers hung from his belt as what can only be described as pure power radiated off of him. The wold in the force scape seem to grow darker just before he spoke. " Boy I am Darth Revan Master of the force and lord of the true Sith, and from this moment one you and your friend belong to me."


    As he finished his statement a light shined down on Jack and then other lights began shining down in areas around him. Jack could barley make who it was out but it felt like his brothers and sister had been here with him the whole time, he just wasn''t strong enough to feel them. Sensing his thoughts Revan turn to Jack, " Yes they were here since the beginning but just like you they had no way to reach you. All of you are weak but I will change that and after I make you strong take your revenge and make the galaxy fear you and your kind. You all have seen what is to come use it to your advantage and force the galaxy to its knees.


    Jack took an knee in front of Revan and at the same time the other 20 people in the force scape took one as well. Once again they were all connected and Jack felt whole again. They spoke the same sentence at once as the force scape rang with, " What would you have us do our master?"

 10 Trails and Tribulations

    "Again." For what seemed like the hundredth time Revan spoke to his 20 apprentices. It had taken them most of the night to link their collective powers together bring them close enough together to see each other. Now he was having them fight each other in hand to hand combat to gauge where each person was.


    So far the one he has been the most impressed by had been Jack. After being awaken it seems like natural his normally suppressed killer instinct had also emerged. The boy was deadly fast at lest in comparison to the others, but unaided by the force and to Revan that speed was nothing. Still the thing that had really set him apart was that fact he fought 19 of them one on one and had not not a single fight so far.


    Now was the last one against his good friend Keith who had also done exceedingly well to this point as well. However all good things must come to and end and there can be only one. Revan refocused on the fight at hand eager to see which of the younglings would come out on top.


    Jack circled Keith sizing him up, this had not been the first time they had fought. In fact fighting is what caused them to become friends in the first place. Jack was being bullied by Keith when he had first entered high school. It wasn''t until Jack had stood up to Keith and they fought it out during class that the two quickly became friends after. Even after that the two still fought on occasion, and those tended to end in Keith''s favor. The man was just bigger than Jack in every conceivable way.


    If it was before Jack was sure Keith would win too, now it was a fifty-fifty shot. The two continued to circle like lions,each looking for a moment of weakness. Then with out waring Jack shot at Keith with lighting speed. Aiming and elbow into Keith''s gut, but Keith was no slouch and quick side stepped out of the attack and trow a counter punch at Jack''s body. To late to dodge Jack flexed his abs to take the hit then grab his arm and through his legs around Keith''s head. Using his momentum Jack swung the two of them around forcing Keith to the ground and stretching the locked limb into and arm bar. Keith tap and just like that the fight was over.


    "Good...good I am very pleased by everyones effort but never forget that in battle the slightest mistake could cost you your life." Revan spoke out while facing his younglings. " Now you are out of time for tonight but when you all return from the day training I will bring you back into the force scape so for now leave..."


    After a few minutes all of the students where out of bed and assembled in neat rows in front of their beds. Zack nodded in approval Mandlorains wont let an injury stop them from completing what ever task they had been given and it gave him pleasure to know that these younglings had not asked for rest after waking from what ever experience they had but instead lined up and waited for his instruction. " I see you all are gluttons for pain...Well I can promise you I will give you your fill of it. Assembled outside in full battle armor you have 20 minutes to prepare for a 20 mile forced march we have wasted most of the morning already so I will get my time back! Move it!" Zack smiled as all of the younglings exited quickly out of the room heading to find their gear. Turing this weaklings into to true Mandlorain would be easier than he thought at this rate.


    And so for the next few weeks Jack and the others lives consisted of just one thing..train. During the day it was with Zack and the Mandlorains. Improving their combat tactics and weapon training, and at night with Revan training in the use of the force and lightsaber forms and combat.


    The training was hell for them and that was their world for a time, however even though they could not see the rest of the world it did not stop it from changing around them.


    Much of the worlds industries had been retro fitted with the technology of the star wars universe. City skylines grew at an explosive rate. Flying transports covered the skies. Light rails connected each continent together. Ship yards had been built in every major population center around the world. A defense space station was currently being constructed and plans where underway to have an outpost built on the moon and Mars with in the next few months.


    When the jedi returned to civilization they had immediately contacted the elder consul of the Mandlorains to share what they had discovered. They also had to explain to them at the moment no one had access to the star forges main system as the Outcast had told them," Only Revan''s successor could comand the star forge"When the elder consul asked who the successor was and when they would come to use the forge. The jedi could only sigh and repeat again what they had been told," How should I know who Revan chose ,and they will come when they come I can''t see the future."


    So for the moment the star forge and all its power would remain locked away and guarded until the time was right. One other thing that the jedi had to infor the elders of was the consequences of them opening the star forge and what they could expect the natives of the planet to experience. Though it had shocked some of the consul it did not matter as much, unless some one trained them natives it not like they could fully use the force and the Mandlorains had no plans on giving the natives any military roles at lest until they had finished the indoctrination in to their society. Though they would not find out until much later that it would have been safer for them not to allow them into the military at all.


    The elders simply asked the jedi not to training any of the natives and felt it was best of they cut their stay short. Though Count Dooku wanted to argue against this he knew the jedi consul need to be informed of some matters. The Count could not promise to erase the location of the Mandlorains, however he did promise to store the information with in the vaults of the jedi archives.


    The Jedi were gone a month later, and six months after that Jack and the other were preparing for the trials of the Demon Forge. Once they completed them they would be full fledged Mandlorains. With all the perks that came with it but truth fully it would give the group the freedom to train with their master. They had made progress it however had been painfully slow due to the fact they could only training with him during their rest periods, and as the day training increased the time they had to sleep grew shorter and shorter. That would all change after the trials, they would be free at lest for a month.


    In an open plain in the middle of the forest, a some group of humans are gathered. The Sun''s rays beat down on the scarred bodies of the 20 individuals. These were the younglings that Captain Zack had been trainning these last few months. Gone were the scared young students, what remained in their placed had been hardened warriors. Each one toned and sculpted to absolute perfection. With the assistance of enhanced bacta injections each one of the students had grown in height and muscle mass. With the average height before being 5'' 8'''' the average now being 6'' 10''''.


    Zack was all smiles as he walked the line of these soon to be wolves. Their muscles bulged out of combat under armor they where wearing as they stood completely still awaiting his orders. " It has been a long six months but your almost at the end of the tunnel." Pausing for effect then continuing, " I have one more week to perpare you for what is to come...you will be sent into an active battle field in republic space the planet this battle is happening is called Tatooine. What you will be doing I can not say but I will say this what ever it is will not be easy and some of you might not make it back but for those that do...glory and the Mandlorain title is yours."


    At that moment two M22-T Krayt Gunship flew over head and dropped two metal crates the size of a small house next to the group and flew off. Zack walked up to the crates'' command console and opened them. Inside sat two highly modified Basilisk War droids. Zack truned and faced the group, " This is a gen 10 Basilisk War Droid and for the next week you will learn how to control one of these beautifully behemoths before you get your own. Now lets get to work."

 11 Prepare for War

    After a week of preparation the 20 wolf cubs where as ready as Zack could make them. If he had to sum up what he thought about the cubs in one word it would be ''Lethal''. Though they had not been in any true battles the last week in the training they all had been forced to kill a convicted criminal with their own hands.


    This was a practice that the Mandlorain elders had come up to due with the fact that only a select few out of the native population had even been in a combat situation before they had arrived. So in order to eliminate the freezing effect that typically happens the first time a person kills another on the battle field. They opted to have the trainees kill in a controlled environment, for most this was an effective method. They would have you kill death row criminals until you were no longer affected by it.


    This had been unnecessary for Zack wolf cubs. When it had been their time each one killed the criminal with brutal efficiency, and not once did any of them hesitate for even a split second. It was during this last week of training that the Wolf clubs thoroughly impressed Zack.


    The one he had been most impressed by was Jack.The boy had grown in to a sort of leader for the cubs. Executing every order with peak efficiency, and without question. Zack had promoted the boy to platoon leader and his two friends to squad leaders.


    Training was over the group lined in neat ordered lines awaiting transport to the space port near New York City. Zach took one last look at his cubs knowing that this was the last time he was going to see them before the next batch showed.


    The smile had never left his face but he knew he could never show them any satisfaction by letting him them know how proud he was. So instead he walked up to Jack handed him a folded flag and hold him at one simple thing."You are no longer cubs you are wolves and this is your pack good hunting" Jack unfolded the flag to discover a demon wolf head skull in a black border with the name Demon Dogs in red.


    This was to be is groups emblem if they survived what was to come but until then it would wait. So he folded the flag back put it in his pack and gave Zack the Mandlorain salute. Zack returned it then yelled out, "Don Armor!",and the cubs put on there heavy carapaces and snapped on the shin and wrist guards.


    "Don Weapons!", the cubs then grabbed their EE-3 carbine rifles attached them to their packs, then they grabbed two heavy repeater blaster pistols and holstered them to their waist,and lastly they inserted two kals into their wrist gauntlets and a waited the final command. Zack took on last breath and shout, " Don Helmets and move to the gun ships!"


    He took the sight in for but a moment before hitting the seal on the hatch and turing to take his seat. The flight to the New York star port was uneventful even though they had been on the other side of the country the trip only to 45 minutes. Landing on a dock just outside of the space center Jack and the rest got to see just how much the world had changed since they had been in training.


    Sky scrapers that sore into the atmosphere, flaying cars moving about with unheard of speeds. People walk around with holo coms talking and surfing the holo net. The Clans had not required all the native people to go through the military training but every person hd to go though the Mandlorains'' indoctrination program.


    The ones that just went through that program became the farmers, the merchants, the doctors,basically all the jobs that help society expect for in to places. You had to go through the military if you wanted to be a politician to lead a sector or if you wanted to join a clan.


    Now as it stood each clan owned a continent on the planet, and the people of that continent belonged to that clan, but you were not apart of that clan until you went through the military training, and for many being a clan member was the equivalent of being a billionaire. No normal laws could touch you only clan laws.


    You would be given the best housing, the best cloths ,your own ship,really the best of the best. However getting into the clan under normal circumstances was next to impossible had it not been for the need of the clans to increase their population the natives of this planet would have just become Mandlorains that were clan owned but not apart.


    That''s who Jack and the others saw going about their lives when they landed near the space port. The non-clan members,but when they saw jack and the others in full combat gear the one thought in their minds was'' Oh God Clan members!'' People quickly made a path for Jack and his pack. Walking with their heads held high they could feel all the emotion that had been rolling off of the crowed thanks to the force.


    The fear, love, awe,envy they lapped it all in like water on a hot day. right at the entrance another group of trainees was waiting for them. Jack halted his group and headed in the direction of the one that seem to be the leader.


    Stopping just out of knife range Jack hit his external speaker," Whats the situation Mandlorain."


    The unknown trainee responded, " We where order to wait for Demon dogs before processing to the assembly area, you them?" Jack nodded," Got anyone info on how many are going on mission." The trainee shook his head no then turned around to face their men. Jack taking the hint orders his group to follow the new guys inside.


    After a 10 min walk Jack and company arrive in the assembly area and take in the awesome sight of an army of at lest 15,000 Mandlorains inside the assembly pit. As they continued through they were greeted one of the many officers responsible for assign troops to berthings inside the ship. Walking up to Jack and the others the man lazily asked, what training center they were with. When Jack told him Demon Forge the man practically jump from his skin. He man a few quick swipes on his data pad then told Jack to have his men report to the back of the hanger area.


    Following the mans orders his group made their way to the back they where taken to another hanger. Inside a smaller number of trainees where in here about 60 or so with one Aggressor-Class Star Destroyer connected to the landing struts. The other groups had been gather around one particular Mandlorain one that Jack recognized in a heart beat. She was still wearing the same armor as the day she killed the president...Sharia Morman commander of the Darkhide Mandlorains.


    Turing to Jacks group she spoke through her helmet," Welcome Demon Dogs...with that all of the commandos are here as of this moment you belong to me." Throwing a holo com to the ground she continued, "Our mission and your trial is to kill or capture Comit Grunseit second leader of the black suns. We currently know that he is locked in a battle with the Hutts on Tatooine. We will find him in the battle and bring him back or kill him which ever one seem appropriate at the time, any question?"

 12 System of the twin Suns

    Six months from when the Mandalorians took over the planet. Earth''s first warship left the atmosphere. The significance of the event however was lost simply because for the Mandalorians that was a completely normal event.


    It would take the three ships about six days to get to Tatooine. During the journey the commando teams where largely left to thier own devices, well all but Jacks team. To the outside world it looked like his team had deiced to go into cryo sleep until they had reached their destination. The truth of the matter is the spent every second in the force scape training with Revan.


    Every second of the 144 hours they had was spent on mastering the force. Though all of his apprentices where strong in the force, Revan was quickly noticing that Jack stood out from the rest. The force spilled from his very being, but it was unrefined, however with time Revan knew that Jack''s power would be un rivaled in all of the galaxy.


    By the time the ship entered Tatooine orbit Jack and the others had master some basic force powers. Push, pull, enhanced speed and strength, but even a few had been able to use the ancient jedi technique of force heal. Trish was one of the lucky few who had an affinity with healing arts of the force. Though Jack and the others were sure at first this version of Revan that was teaching them was the Dark Lord.


    The man did not shy from teaching them all sides of it. Revan told them, " What good dose it do to teach some one only half of an object. I will teach you the whole force what you do with it is up to you." So they had begun to learn the force from every aspect light and dark sides ,and because of that the time it would normally take a sith or jedi to master the basics had been cut in half by Jack and the others.


    Jack had been in the troop birthing with the rest of the commandos when Sharia called for all of the Platoon leaders to meet her in the bridge for mission planning. Jack and three others rose and left the troop area and took the elevator to the bridge. Inside the elevator had been the first time Jack got a look at the other commando leaders.


    Two of them had been Jacks new height of 6'' 8" while one seemed like a giant at what Jack had to guess was 7'' 9". Also each one had a different color scheme for their armors. The giant wore a Dark blue with gold linings as for the other two one wore a sort of camo with tan and brown outlines and the other wore green with black trims. As for Jack he wore the demon dogs black and red colors.


    "Take them off time to get a look at my men seeing how we are a little over 4 hours from boots on the ground." Jack was a bit stunned from how young she looked but that was it just a bit stunned. It still did not hamper his feeling of wanting to end her life with a slow twisting knife in her gut. The time was still not right for such thoughts so Jack followed orders with the rest of the commandos. The giant had been first, revealing an older european man about 38 of Norwegian decent. With short blonde hair cut into small mohawk.


    Next had been the one in camo armor revealing a Chinese woman who looked to be about 20 with long black hair done into a braided ponytail. The green armor was next revealing a Native American Indian female around Jack''s age of 17 and with one side of her long hair shaven. Last was Jack taking off his helmet and revealing his darker skin that had been beaten by the sun and short military style hair cut. Sharia recognized Jack on the spot laughing, "Haha... Well look at what we have her Jack right?...Look how far you have come are your little friends here with you too?"


    Forcing the anger down Jack answer, " They are in the troop hold ma''am, I did not think you would remember us." Still laugh Sharia said," How could I forget you three....I mean you were their the day I took over your planet you and the others were so weak at that time, but look at you now only a few moments away from becoming Mandlorain commandos. Something many wish for in the clan and only a few achieve, you should be very proud of yourself."


    To Jack every word she spoke was a transgression, but thanks to Revans training his face was void of any emotions. Satisfied with her interaction with the boy Sharia returned to the task at hand. She explained to her commandos all the information they had on hand and the exact battle plans the fleet had laid out. At this moment the Blacks Sun''s stronghold near Anchorhead was being besieged by hutt forces.


    The plan was to have the main troops land just south of the battle, and march up an attack both forces. Drawing all attention to the south while the commandos entered the stronghold through a smuggling the tunnel that connected the stronghold with Anchorhead. The tunnel was located in the spaceport near the center of the city. They did not have the exact location of the entrance however they was a local that had been paid to lead them to the entrance.


    "Who''s the local," Jack couldn''t help but as. Sharia flipped do screens on a data pad until she found the info," A small time junk dealer by the name of Watto he''s a Toydarian so I expect he will try a backstab you if the situation calls for it." Sharia had not noticed the surprise in each one of her commandos face. Of course they knew who Watto was, the slave master to one Anakin Skywalker and Shmi Skywalker.


    Jack''s mind was racing, what did this mean did he have Shmi and Anakin now, what was he doing in Anchorhead when he was suppose to be in Mos Espa. A million possibilities were running through his mind. He turned to look at the other commandos on the look in their eyes sent across the message, ''we need to talk now'', and he whole heartily agreed. At this point Sharia mission had become a second objective in Jacks main. If they could get a hold of Anakin now they could possibly change the out come of the war and the future.


    This would also be the best opportunity to see where in the star wars timeline they would be entering. If they could figure out when major events in the story were suppose to play out they could effectively force outcomes that benefited them. The rest of the meeting was a blur to Jack, Sharia when on about the importance of getting this target and how he was one of the one that help force them from their home. None of that matter to Jack though, so as soon as they had been dismissed the four walked as calmly to the elevators as they could, trying not drawing attention to them selves.


    Once inside the giant hit a device on his wrist causing a momentary power surge then spoke," You all saw that right she doesn''t know who Watto is so I can assume that they still don''t know about the information on the star wars galaxy that we have back on earth." Jack turned and responded, " That would seem like the case mr..." The Giant laughed," Ha.. right I guess introduction are in order I am Hans, the unit am with if we make it is call the Dark Raven." The Chinese woman spoke next "You can call me Lin my unit is call sand tigers" Lastly to speak was the Native American woman ," Call me Sam and the unit doesn''t have a name yet now can we get back to the topic at hand." She said impatiently.


    Sam was right they did not have a lot of time so they shared as much information as they could about what they could do on the ground. During this information swap they discovered that the mandlorains did not care to try and learn our history or culture. If they did they might have found out about all the movies and books about the star wars mythos. This worked in the natives of earth favor but for now they would not act too much on this knowledge.


    They all whole heartily agreed in the opportunity a rose to take Anakin and Shmi they would. Sure that would change the story line for Qui-Gone and The queen of Naboo but they could always come back and help them to make up for it. The only issue they had run into is the fact they had no idea what Sharia would be doing during the operation. If she stayed on the ship it would make things easier, but they were sure she was going to be on the ground with them.

 13 Burn it All

    It had been normally loud evening in Archorhead. The hutts and black suns had been fighting just south of the city, and it had been getting progressively worse by the day. This night however something felt off to the natives of Tatooine. Like the clam before the storm, and if any one person would have looked up in the sky south of where the battle had been raging. They would have spotted a larger number of troop transports entering the atmosphere.


    The transports silently entered the battle field just south of the hutt forces. As the transports made land fall, all of the troopers jumped out and headed to predetermined positions. The Hutts never suspected enemy forces to appear behind them. Let alone that the enemy would be a Mandlorain army. Considering most of the galaxy only saw mandlorians as guns for hire.


    Just before midnight with the three moons high in the sky they mandlorians attacked in full force. The hutt forces had just started to wined down for the night in their camp when the attack happened. The mandlorians attacked from all sides, snipers on a near by ridge killed anyone of the hutt troops that ran away from the battle. While shock and heavy mandlorian troops caught the hutts in a hammer and anvil style attack. Forcing the hutts to try and regroup near the black sun strong hold. The black suns having noticed the battle in the hutt camp cheered believing they were final being reinforced.


    They continued believing that right until Canderous-class assault tanks started taking shoots at the fortress. With both forces taken by surprise the mandlorians continued landing more and more troops soon most of the 15,000 had entered the battle in one form or another. Well atlest the normal troops had, the commando on the other hand where still in orbit. This was about to change ,however as the 80 commando did final checks on their modified basilisk war droids.


    Sharia had informed each group of an objective they need to compete before they would all meet up at the spaceport. Jack''s group would need to fly down and take out the heavy blaster cannons on the black suns'' fortress to take some pressure off of the main forces. After that they would need to head to Archorhead and locate Watto and meet the others at the space port.


    This had work out just fine for Jack as getting a hold of Watto had become all of the commandos true objectives which was keep from Sharia. When Jack asked where she would be she simply told them she would be meeting with a mandlorian informant before meeting them at the space port.


    No Jack was worried for the other commandos he did not know what objectives Sharia had given them but he knew what ever it was it wasn''t going to be easy. All he could do was pray that they would make it through with all of their people. returning his focus to the count down his grip on the controls tighten. "10, 9,8,7,6,5,4,3,2,1....dropping ...dropping"


    The war droids were shot at the planet with intense speed and precision. Inside Jack could feel every bump and joint the droid was experiencing and it was exhilarating. However they had a job to do so switching over to his platoon com net he sent a message telling everyone to form up on him and prepare for their attack run.


    On the ground a mandlorain sniper team hidden on a ridge takes pop shots at any hutt or black suns forces they can see. In the middle of their fun the got a call across coms. "Any recon team on this net, this is Demon dog actual need lase on heavy blaster cannon for attack run, how copy." The lead sniper quickly responded, " Demon dog actual, this is recon 3 we read you loud and clear setting up for lase we will guide you on target how copy?" "Thats a good copy Demon dog out."


    The team quickly sets up the laser designation device taking aim at the 6 heavy cannons taking shots at anything out side of the fortress. No sooner had they done that had they heard the scream of an object breaking the sound barrier, as 20 war droids fly over head. Taking aim with their heavy ion and blaster cannons the 20 war droids completely shredded they 6 cannons. Taking this chance to cause a bit more chaos Jack leads his platoon on an other attack run on the fortress it self.


    Dropping ion bombs they destroy most of the fortress auto defense turrets they fly off heading to Archorhead. Leaving compete destruction in there wake as the hutt forces took advantage of the fortress now lack of defense to try ,and get inside if only to have to face an enemy one front for a time. Jack''s platoon now just north of Archorhead touched down in a field on the outskirts of the city as to not draw too much attention on to themselves.


    After coving their war droid in a ray shield they move in a spread wedge formation towards Wattos last known location. A local club and spicy den called Shnooks, Jack and his group had only been a few blocks away when they landed so they arrived at the building with out much issue. At this point Jack had Trish and her squad fan out and take up security ,and took Keith and three of his men inside to secure the target.


    As the enter all movement from the patrons ceased, which is to be expected when what looks like five heavy armed mandlorains bounty hunters enters any building. Walking through the establishment Jack and Keith eye up ever person they come across. Of course they could simply walk right up to Watto and grab him, but these two couldn''t help but want to show off a bit. (A/N I mean come on who wouldn''t want to act like a badass in front of people who don''t know you)


    Making their way over to Watto who had his back turn away from them at the bar. Jack nods at Keith, and the man grabs Watto by the should and turns him around saying," Watto...Watto the junk dealer from Mos Espa..Your coming with us." In a voice that almost sounded like Jango Fetts. It took everything in Jacks power not to start laughing as he watched Wattos'' eyes go huge as he stuttered through a response. " Th...th...this must be some mistake...I..I.was told I would be able to pay Jabba in a week for the two slaves...its only been 6 days...I still have a day right...come on fellas give me a break here."


    The moment Watto had said slaves Jack immediately turned to Keith, being the man''s best friend Keith knew what his friend wanted to do. " No it became 7 days and hour ago so we are here to collect the slaves and bring you to the space port so we can go meet with Jabba. Now get up and move." Dragging Watto by the neck Keith pulled the man from the bar as his wings flapped violently in every direction. Screaming like a stuck pig the man yelled for help right up until Keith shoved a blaster in his face and asked where are the slaves.


    Watto explained that they were in his hotel next to the spaceport Jack nodded and threw a bag over his head as the headed out the door. Seeing her friends exit unharmed Trish had her squad reform as they headed to the space port. Jack informed her what they had learned on the way, when they received a call over the com. " Jack...Jack come in its Hans we are pinned down just south of your position we need some support."


    " What the hell are they doing south of us." Trish stated, and Jack also wanted to know as their shouldn''t be anything of strategic worth to the south. He would find out answers later for now he need to help Hans and his men out. Jack told Keith to take his squad to the hotel near the spaceport and secure Anakin and Shmi then wait for them there.


    Jack took Trish and her squad south to provide support for Hans and his men. Moving quickly they soon hear the sounds of blaster fire just ahead of them so Jack radios Hans to get the enemy position. " Hans...I am here we are to your west where are you taking fire from..." At first Jack got no response then the com came to life." The platoon leader was hit we are patching him up now but if you don''t take out the guys shooting at us to our north we are going to have more casualties."


    Jack nodded at Trish then took off running north of them just as they about to round a corner.Trish spotted what looked like other Mandlorains using a blaster turret mounted on a speeder to keep Hans'' group pinned down. There also looked to be about 25 others taking pop shots at Hans'' group. Jack had everyone line up a shot. Using the force Jack slowly moved the speeder so that the gunner would be in line with Jacks shot.


    Just as The gunner came into view Jack and the other in sync fired off one shot everyone killing their mark. With Jack killing the gunner and the person that had been right beside him. With that the gun fight finally broke out. Though Jack and the others had taken out 11 people that still left 14 others. Weaving in and out of the side alleys that lined the street Jack slowly made his way to the enemy.


    Trish and her people provide suppressing fire cause the other group to take cover from the blaster bolts. Two however did not make it in time and where riddled with bolts before their bodies hit the ground. Hans'' group seeing the pressure on them had been relived charged forward driving them into a near by building.


    During the enemies retreat one of them fell behind and screamed for help from one of his comrades. They however ignored him and ran inside and sealed the door. The man pounded on the door screaming to let him in but he received no response. Jack walked up to the man his metal boots making soft impact sounds in the sand. The man finally notices Jacks presents and quickly turned around with a vibroblade. " I want to challenge your leader in one on one combat if I win you let me go."


    Jack laughed," And what do I get if I win seeing how I will claim your life if you lose it had better be something good." The man panic then he remember something. " I know the hanger number for a republic prototype Kom''rk-class fighter its on a data pad in the building you can get it afterwords win or lose." Well this was a nice surprise that transport ship was better than the current versions they had been fielding taking that back to earth would be a great boon.


    Jack slowly took out the Beskad he had attached to his pack, " I accept kill me and go free, but I don''t think thats going to happen. The man ran at Jack with the blade held high and swung down with all his strength. Jack merely deflected the blade to his left side, taking a step to the right jack sent a kick to the mans gut, and watched the man keel over holding his stomach.


    When the man final go up any manner of technique he might have had went out the window as the man swung wildly in all direction. Jack dodged left, right,and back moving effortlessly. Waiting for the man to tire himself out. When the moment came and the man lowered his body Jack quickly swung his beskad between his neck and head separating the two. With one swift motion he swung off any blood and returned his blade to his back before turning to the building. The mans body hung in the air as if still trying to process what happened, before his head left his body and they both dropped like a sack of rocks.


    Jack looked at the building he didn''t have the man power or the time to try and clear it out, just as he was thinking about what to do Hans walked up to him. The man had a burn mark that covered half of his face but he looked like he could still continue the mission. " Hans did your objective involve anything inside this building." Hans looked at the building then shook his head no. " Good " Jack turned to Trish and her group," Burn it all...if the Fighter is in the hanger we will find it when we get there."


    And just like that the opposing mandlorains were burned alive. Any that came running out of the building were meet with blaster bolts. After insuring the blaze could not be stopped Jack turned his group toward the spaceport at a double time. They had places to be and people to kill.


    [A/N for anyone who wants to see the war droid here is a link https://www.google.com/search?q=kotor+2+basilisk+war+droid&client=ms-android-hms-tmobile-us&prmd=sivn&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwjHnce52L7hAhXBVt8KHfbFD6QQ_AUoAnoECA4QAg&biw=412&bih=678&dpr=2.63#imgrc=s9pdxyhsDCzLXM&imgdii=HEBseV1yroSCzM]

 14 Jury and Executioner

    It would not take long for Jack and the others to reach the spaceport. Along the way Keith a had radioed in informing them that they found Anakin and Shmi and were waiting just outside the entrance of the spaceport. This was excellent news, as Jack was excited to meet the chosen one face to face. Hopefully they could help change the boy''s faith into a brighter one, though Luke and Lela my not born from their decision hopefully the need for their birth would not have to come to pass.


    Moving quickly the group arrived at the spaceport in a little under 5 minutes. Jack spotted Keith, and the other commando units. Lin''s group look a little worse for wear but fine, Sam''s group looked like they had been through hell. Atlest 8 people were not there, Jack could only assume the worst and when Sam confirmed it his heart sank.


    ''What the hell did Sharia send them into!'' Shouted in Jacks mind and just as he was going to say something his com beeped, and Sharia popped to life on the holo com. " I see you all made it good, change in plans it looks life Death Watch is on the planet they ambushed Sam''s unit the moment they made land fall. I am sure they found each of your war droid landing sites by now so your going to have to find different transport back into space once you kill that fucker Comit. I am taking my honor guard and drawing the Death Watch away from the city this should give you enough time do what you came here for, get to it Sharia out."


    "Well great, so we are on our own. The brass in an army never changes even if its a different species." Hans stated sarcastically. " So whats the plan now, Jack and Lin are the only ones at 100 percent. No of my guys are dead but I have plenty of injured. I think we would be dead weight if my group went with you into the fortress." Jack quickly thought up a plan, His and Lin''s group would go through the tunnels into the fortress and kill Comit.


    While they were doing that Han''s and Sam''s group would go through the space port and look for transport. He did tell them though if they found the Kom''rk-class fighter that he had won that fair and square. Making his way back to Keith Jack removed the bag on Wattos head frighting the poor man.


    "Look hear Watto you have two choices I can kill you here or you can show me the smugglers tunnels that lead to the black sons fortress and don''t lie to me I know you know what am talking about." Watto blinked his eyes then the realization dawned on him, " Hey you were the guys I was waiting on what was with that act back at the bar you could have just said you where with the DarkHide clan no need to be so ruff. Oh and I see you brought me my slaves good as soon as I am done here am out of here, can stay long off you betray the black sons in Archorhead."


    Jack shook his head," You can go but the two of them stay with us this is non negotiable."


    Jack agreed to let him go but not before giving forceing him to give them the implant controller for the two slaves after that he watch the little man fly off in the direction of the ground transport center. Trish came up behind Jack and said," You do know he probably going to run right over to the black sons and let them know we are coming right?" Jack nodded , " I am hoping he does" As he spoke he pulled out a data pad with a dot moving out of the back of the space port and down a few back alleys. " Is that..." Jack just shook his head yes at Trish as he watch the data pad and waited till it stopped moving.


    Watto was furious, first the humiliate him at the bar and next they take his slaves. The very ones he stilled owned money to Jabba for, but he would fix them. If he sold the information about them to the black sons. He knew he could still make a bit of a profit, and if they manage to kill them then he could just go and get the slaves back. As he rounded the corner he saw the place he was looking for. Looking around to make sure head had not been followed he knocked on the door and waited for someone to come and answer.


    A Rodain slid the peep hole open saw it was Watto and open the door. " What can we do for you today Watto." The man spoke with a sarcastic tone. Watto did not get the chance to answer two seconds after he enter the building the two mini sized nova detonators which had been placed into the pockets of Watto while he was in Keith''s ''gentle'' hands. Went off in a blinding explosion leveling the build and the two next to it.


    If one where to ask why did they set Watto up in that manner. Well the answer would be neither Keith, Trish, or Jack liked him. Hell no one in Jack''s platoon liked him so no matter how this would have played out, it always would have ended with Watto dying a horrible death. At the spaceport Jack smiled as he saw the fire ball in the sky, " Well no more loses ends." He turned to Trish and told her to get the troops ready to move. Jack then waved Keith over, and told him to leave two guys here to find the fighter and get it ready in cased they needed a hot pick up.


    With that all preparation where complete and the two groups moved into the spaceport at full tilt. Civilians who spotted the moving inside quickly moved out of the way. Figuring it might get them killed if they stopped this group in anyway. However for some, mostly the port security that message did not seem loud enough. Which caused some to unfortunately believed they could stop the group of Mandlorains.


    This ended with either a bolt to the leg or in the case of the real assholes one to the head. They quickly made their way to the offices on the second floor. It took them no time at all to find the managers office as well as the tunnels entrance. Jack not wanting to take any type of chances this close to the end led the charge with Lin''s group bringing up the rear. The tunnel was not poorly constructed lights lined the entirety of the tunnel, and it was wide enough to have three people shoulder to shoulder.


    After what seemed like 10 minutes the sound of gun fire could be heard just a head of them. Radioing ahead Jack wanted to confirm that none of their forces had entered the fortress. After getting the green light to kill everyone inside Jack and his group did one last ammo check before stacking on the escape door for the fortress. On the other side Jack could feel a group of 8 facing away from the door with guns drawn at the other entrance to the room. Looking back to check how far back Lin''s group were, He saw they were far enough pack not to see what he was doing and close enough to provide support if need be.


    With her group not being able to see what he would do. Jack waved for Trish and Keith to move up behind him. Using the force to sync up the three of them then used the force to push the 8


    people inside up against an near by wall. At the same time they faked a breaching maneuver walking in the room and killing everyone.


    Then moving the bodies to a more natural position Jack signal Lin''s group to move up. Though Jack felt like Lin her self could be trusted enough to know the groups secret he could not speak for everyone in her group. So it was better to be safe than sorry at this moment. Once the regroup Jack and Lin came to the decision it would be better to have one group stay be hide to guard their retreat in case things went south, and with his group not sustaining any injuries Jack offered


    to hunt down the target.


    Once the had the plan sorted Jack moved his group out into the hall way before having them break into squads.They were told to kill anyone who got in their way, and they would stay synced up just in case one group got pinned down. With that order it was as though a group of wolves were unleashed on a flock of sheep. With no one here that wouldn''t allow them to use their forces powers the group went room by room killing all without mercy.


    Jack and Keith''s group was the most brutal. Jack took this opportunity to practice the force technique Force Drain. Revan had felt if he could master this technique he could use it draw the force from every where to fuel any number of powerful follow up force powers. So far however in this little ''training exercise'' the most he had been able to do was drain the life force out of a person, leaving them a mummified husk but the force would still linger on the body. Keith on the other had had been practicing force crush and well,the balls of meat sacks could tell the story for anyone.


    Trish and her group mostly stay around the hole in the fortress they had made during their bombing run earlier. They killed anyone who entered or attempted to leave the fortress, after they had cleared their section. After 20 minutes Jack and Keith narrowed down where Comit was to the central room in the fortress. He had at lest 30 people inside with him, and it seemed that at some point they had noticed that the commandos had entered the fortress so they where all aiming at the only way in.

 15 Blood and Glory

    Jack took a deep breath then used the force to blow the door off the frame. Flying through the air it manage to kill one unsuspecting defender that had been in its path. Then together the two levitated the remaining 29 combatants into the air. Terror began to spread between individuals floating in the air at that moment.


    Comit panicked, he had first assumed the people killing his men had been the hutts'' forces. That changed when he saw a holo vid of a heavy armed group of Mandlorains moving through the hall ways. He had not seen this group kill his men but every time he saw them enter a room he would lose all contact with the people inside. So it was a safe assumption that they had killed his men.


    Now he was not too sure if they really were Mandlorains, hell they might have been jedi sent to kill off the black son leadership once and for all. He knew if that was the case it would be justified for all the crap the suns had done to the order over the years, but if this truly were jedi then he would have a way out of this. As jedi were not known for killing captives or unarmed men.


    Quickly he shouted at his men to through down their weapons and surrender to the jedi. At first his men where shocked, if they gave up their weapons went they be as good as dead so only some threw their weapons away, and the rest tried their best to try and get an angle of attack on the door.


    Jack and Keith could obviously sense what was happening in the room and the ones who still had weapons were quickly thrown to the ground and pinned. At this point Jack and Keith walked in, the 8 other members followed up behind the two weapons drawn on the pinned enemies. Jack nodded and without a word they killed them all without hesitation, and just like that 29 had become 12.


    Jack and Keith released the others letting them fall to the ground as the troops reformed up behind them. Jack spoke out, " Which one of you is Comit, I have business with you." In truth Comit did not want to reveal himself if these jedi did not know him and if he could have communicate with the men that were left he would have told them to play off that one of the dead guys were him. Alast this was not to be as one of the more particularly freaked out individuals immediately pointed him out of the crowd.


    He took a mental note to kill that man if he got out of this. Walking up to who he believed to be the jedi who called him. It took everything in him not to show fear on his face as he answered, " What can I do for you Master Jedi." Normally before he got to where he is now, that statement would not have bothered Jack so much. He was learning the force from one of the greatest Jedi Master so he could consider him self a jedi, however if he did that then what was the last six months of hell and pain for.


    Comit was stunned since when could a mandlorian do what these two have done, and know he had to fight the man for unknowingly insulting him. He did have a chance though mandlorians where known for making one on one fights fair so he shouldn''t be hit with the force, more over the man had kicked his blaster over while he use an old sword.


    This was the best chance he was going to get so as fast as he could move Comit rolled and grabbed the blaster taking aim at Jack with it, but to his shock Jack had bet him to the punch already with in striking distance Jack swung his blade straight down slicing right through the barrel of the blaster. Comit couldn''t believe it he had only seen something like that happen with a light saber not a viboblade. Quickly discarding the useless weapon Comit pulled out a short viboknife to defend against the on coming attacks.


    Comit parry a number of Jacks attacks but not with out a number of shallow cuts on key points on his body. Comit had no idea that Jack had been deliberately allowing him to parry those blows so that he could cause the shallow cuts. Slowly Comit began to tire out as the number of injuries on his body increased. Until Comit could no longer hold the knife or even stand up. Looking at Jack Comit had an unwilling look in his eyes, he just couldn''t accept that he was about to die on his knees. Jack just scoffed at the man as he walked in from of him and slid his blade into his gut.


    Jack grabbed the mans face and watched as the light faded from his eyes and he slumped to the floor. Pulling out the blade Jack spit on the man then turned to Keith and the rest, " Kill the rest of this pirate scum." Walking out of the room while blaster firer and screams were going off Jack holo to Sharia.


    " Ma''am mission complete target eliminated requesting permission to evact." Sharia nodded, " Good, the galxay is a brighter place less scum now. With this yours and the others'' trial is compete. Now all you have to do is return to New Mandlor . The ground forces have already been picked up from the battle field. A Death Watch fleet is on its way to the planet you and the other commandos have less than two hours to get off world before they blockade it. Make it home and glory is yours Sharia out."


    Sending out a call on the com Jack order all cammando forces back to the spaceport to evact off planet and back to earth. It did not take long for Jack and the others to back track to the spaceport. Keith''s two men had found the fighter transport and had it fueled up and waiting for them by the time the teams had gotten back. Cutting it close for time the commandos had decided to split up hyper space routs to throw off anyone trying to follow them back to earth.


    It would take them longer to get back but it would keep the planet safe as it was still not ready to meet the rest of the galaxy. Lifting off Jack and the others entered hyper space just as the Death Watch fleet came out. Jack caught a glimpse of the massive fleet as they entered hyper space he was not as impressed as he thought he would. Many of the Mandlorain ships seemed really outdated compared to some of the stuff in the earth fleet.


    He could only think that this is what Darth Sidious had wanted, when he had the republic betray the true Mandlorain. If that was the case then it was a half success as the true mandlorains only left the planet they were not dead. Jack could not wait to destroy all of the Darth''s well crafted plans, but for now him and his people need to get back so they could complete their training before some of the key events started to play out.


    Doing the math Jack had come to the conclusion that it would take them two weeks to get back home. This would give the group plenty of time to train with their master hopefully getting strong enough to the point that they could not be challenged and take the planet back from the none native Mandlorains. Another thing this two weeks would give Jack is the chance to talk with Anakin. The boy had been strangely quiet this whole time not even when him and his mother had been freed. They had found out that Anakin was 6 at the time so that left them about 2 years before the invasion of Naboo.

 16 Balance and the Force

    A week ago...." So my apprentice what your telling me is you and your people, know everything that is going to happen in this universe." A skeptic Revan said as he stared at Jack. Jack sighed he knew that it his master would have a hard time believing him. Hell anyone would have a hard time believing anyone who said they knew all of what the future held.


    Sure force visions have always been a thing, and even some of the strongest users of this power would have some what clear visions. This was not that, he had shown Revan through his memories the entire history of the star wars universe. Everything that had happened and everything that would happen. After Revan finished looking through Jack''s mind he was quiet.


    For a long time he didn''t say anything, Jack was worry that maybe showing his Master all of that some how damaged him. After what felt like forever Revan sighed, " So your people have seen the future somehow but could not predict the Mandlorains invading your home planet so that atlest proves that the future can be changed. The only question is should we change it and how much of it should we change." Jack quickly let out a breath he didn''t know he was holding in. His Master was fine , but he had posed a difficult question to Jack.


    It was one that Jack himself had been thinking about a lot. "Master I feel like we have no choice but to flip the current game board. If we don''t the galaxy as a whole would be invaded by the Yuuzhan Vong Empire and nothing good comes after that." Revan looked at Jack , " Well if that is the case I say we began with this boy they all call the chosen one. You and the others must collect both the boy and his mother and return them to your planet undetected. When you return I want you and the others to come to my legacy site during your time off to finish our training. When you come bring the boy."


    Present day....Anakin looked around in the room that had seemingly appeared from nowhere. All around him fog seemed to cover everything, and his only safety net was the fact that Jack ha been beside him. "Where are we...how did we leave the ship." Anakin asked Jack in a confused manner. Jack smiled and said nothing he sat there waiting on something or someone to arrive. He did not wait along as he went to his knee while speaking to the figure that was walking up to him and Anakin.


    "Master we have fulfilled the task you have given us. May I present to you Anakin Skywalker the chosen one." Revan stared at the boy, he could feel the force coming off of the boy. It was strong but not as strong as his 20 other apprentices, but he could still train the boy to be a power house in his own right. " Skywalker...Jack tells me you wish to learn the force is that true?" Anakin quickly nodded the man in front of him frighten him a bit.


    Jack turned to Anakin and smiled, " We have three weeks go and rest we begin in 8 hours." Jack then lifted the boy off his bed with the force and kicked him out of his room. Anakin swore as he went flying out of the room into the hall. This made Jack smile this was going to be an interesting three weeks back.


    Every day for the next three weeks Jack had Anakin but through the ringer. Meditation, physical training, weapons, tactics, any thing that the young mandlorain had done he did to the boy. He did not expect much from some one less than half of his age but Anakin had a grit to him that put Jack in a good mood every time he saw him.


    After three weeks the group had final made it back to Earth. They had been the last of the commandos to return. Though it too longer to get back to Earth the gains from the extra time showed in their training results. Soon Jack was sure he would have everything he need to challenge the elder consul and force a change in the mandlorains. That however would come later for now they had a place to be.


    Landing the ship in the spaceport the ship was almost immediately swarmed by technicians. They had made it known before they landed they were bringing back a prototype ship that they took from the Republic. Plans had been made to take the entire ship apart to be able to design their own version of the ship.


    Jack had been a bit reluctant to let them take the ship apart but he had been assured by high command that he would be getting the first one of the redesigns that would come from it. With that he allowed the ship to be taken apart. During this mad frenzy Jack had Anakin and Shmi smuggled out and hid them in a hotel until they could retrieve them.


    It would be atlest two days before they could pick Anakin and Shmi up, because with their return came the ceremony that would finally make them true Mandlorains. When the ceremony was compete they would enjoy all the benefits that would come with being part of the clan,and the restriction on their movements would be lifted. When that happened they would be able to go to Revan''s legacy site and complete their force training.


    After two days of hand shaking and blood oaths Jack and the Demon Dog had become full members of the Darkhide Clan. Jack had found out that all of the commandos had gotten into their respected clans which would be a plus to any schemes Jack would have for them. The one unexpected thing that did occur was Sharia coming to personally take Jack and the others in to the clan.


    Elders are not normally involved in welcoming new members of a clan. Sharia told Jack and the others that it was to thank them for killing one of the many people responsible for driving them off their home planet. She also relaid news about the demon dogs families to them for most everything was fine. Jack on the other had lost both his parents, it turns out they had been killed during the initial changing of the planet governments. They had been killed by clan members who were taking advantage of the chaos to rob the natives of anything valuable.


    Sharia assured Jack that the two clan members had been severely punished for their actions. It did nothing for Jack as he silently walked away from her as his grief began building up inside of him. The force started to visibly seeped from Jack as his two friends hurried to cart him away. This was just another thing that Jack would add to the bill that the Darkhides would pay him.


    Sharia swore as she watched Jack and his men walked out of the clan building. She had just found out about the boys family being killed by her clans members. Now how could she trust that the boy would have the clan interest at heart when the clan had already taken something very precious to him. Turning to her aids, " What happen to the two that killed his family." The aids looked visibly scared to answer. Finally one mustered up the courage," Nothing commander they are sons of a elders so nothing was done." ''Well shit this is not going to end well'' Sharia thought.


    With that she sent holo messages to each of those elders informing them that their sons killed family members of the Demon Forges commando units, and should expect said person to seek revenge on their sons. She also reminded them that because they interfered to stop their children from being punished if the interfered this time she would allow said platoon leader to kill them as well.

 17 Endings but new beginnigs

    Jack was torn, his family was gone he had no one and it was the clan that took it all away for him. He sat in Anakin''s and Shim''s room for a long time just staring off into space. Anakin could tell something bad had happened but when he went to ask Jack about it he was stopped by Trish.


    "Just give him some time little Anai, Jack is not doing too well right now. Have you and your mom finished packing your things? If not lets finish that as we are going to leave this place soon." Anakin nodded at Trish then took his mother by the hand as they left the entrance to finish their packing.


    At that moment Jack stood up abruptly and started to head to the door. Keith and Trish we shocked and where about to ask him what he was doing when a knock at the door stopped them cold. Jack placed his had on his blaster before he spoke with venom in his voice," Who ever you are we don''t want any leave now if you know whats good for you!"


    Their was silents at first until laughter could be hear from the other side, " Is that they way you plan on greeting all of your guess Platoon leader maybe I should have demon forge train the next back with manners as well as for combat." Jack was stunned, he slowly opened the door to confirm it was who he thought it was.


    When the door was finally opened Sharia got to see a very stunned Jack standing in the door way, with his hand still resting on his blaster pistol. Sharia chuckled inside ''At lest he has the mind set to be a mandlorain''. She waited for Jack to recover his sense before she asked, " Jack can I have a moment of your time." Jack shuck from his stupor, stepping outside and closing the door Jack stood at attention and awaited what ever the women wanted to say.


    Sharia sighed, " Jack you don''t have to be so formal I have shown up on your off time so relax I am just hear to bring you some information." After waiting for Jack to visibly relax Sharia continued, " Jack what I told you when you left the command building before was not completely true. The people who killed your parent had not be punished because they were children of consul elders. I was given the complete information right after you and the others left the build. I came here to inform you that when you return from leave I will have the two murders waiting for you at command. I have already been given authorization to allow you to do what ever you want with them."


    Jack turned he head to look as Sharia though he still disliked this women it had changed from complete hate to just moderate dislike. She was doing him a favor not a big one but a favor none the lest.'' Maybe I wont kill her just completely humiliate her in front of the entire clan.'' Jack thought to himself. Before the silents could make the moment awkward Jack nodded his head, "Ok Sharia". Then open the door went inside and closed it.


    ''Well that went better than I though it would'', Sharia thought. As she slowly walked away she felt confidently that she would be able to mend the damage that the clan had done to him. Inside the room Jack was being bombarded with questions from Keith and Trish. He informed them of what Sharia had come to talk about they both knew what this meant but at the moment they could not see a down side for their friend in it so they dropped it for now.


    They stayed in the hotel for only a few minutes Anakin and Shmi did not have a lot of things so it did not take too long for them to get ready. Jack headed with Anakin and Shmi to his old home. With no one there it would be a lonely four day stay there. Jack had decided to give all of the demon dogs four days with their families before they would head off to the Arctic. So for the next four day Jack spent time with Anakin and his mother.


    For the three of them it was a new experience. Anakin and Shmi were not really use to being free and Jack was not use to not having his family in their home, but their were moments when the three of them would smile. Jack had soon grow to love Shmi''s cooking and Anakin had already been looking at Jack as an older brother.


    During the last day Jack finally told Anakin why he had been down for the last few days. The boy surprised Jack with his response to it all. " Though we can''t be your real family I have always wanted to have an older brother so if you don''t mind you can be apart of our family, am sure mom wont mind. I am sure it would ease her burden too if she knew you thought of us as family."


    Jack contemplated Anakin''s response, it did make sense and though Shmi was not his real mother she had been treat him and the other demon dogs very well for the last 3 weeks, and if it would ease the thought that she some how owed Jack and the others that would be good as well.


    Sighing Jack looked at Anakin," Very well little brother...this does not mean I will go easy on you during training." Anakin beamed then jump Jack ,and for the last 24 hour the now Skywalker residents was filled with joyous emotions.


    The very next day the Demon dogs meet at the space port to book passage to the Arctic research base. If they had no been clan members they would not have been able to go as it would have looked suspicious for a group of teens to head to the Arctic circle for no reason. However clan members could be on any type of mission for the clan so it was best for the rank and file to not ask clan members any questions.


    The trip took a little over three hours, and where they arrived they rented land speeders and took off before the base commander could even come out to greet them. They were on a time crunch and wont want to waste time talking to a person they would not remember a few weeks down the line.


    After a few hours of travel the group made it to an artificially created cave, the same cave that Count Dooku and the other jedi had created. Making their way to the bottom the group found the same structure as before shooting out of the ice. When Jack spotted the writing on the top of the door he knew they where in the right place.

 18 update

No content

 19 the Return

    The first 48 hour training had been hell for the Demon Dogs. Revan was taking full advantage of the fact that his apprentices where free from all connections to the outside world for the next few weeks.


    In a months time he had to turn these would be force users into true force warriors. As usual Jack lead the group, it did not matter if was saber combat or force use. Jack was always leading the way, Anakin was soon following right behind his main apprentice. The boy learned they ways of these new Mandalorians and was soon fell in with the group.


    The Demon Dogs took a liking to the boy and quickly trained him to an acceptable level of a recruit during the time they had with him. Even still Revan knew they where pressed for time. If he wanted Jack to take control of the Star Forge and the New Mandalorians of Earth he had to push them way beyond their limits.


    "Increase the gravity of the the training room to 3 time Earth." Revan told the Outcast who had walked beside him. Raising and eyebrow, "Are you sure some of them won''t be able to handle that especially the small child." Revan knew she was right but they did not have a choice," If they can''t survive then they were ment to die here the war to come if they are right will test them beyond anything they have faced so far.We can no longer wast time." Sighing the Outcast nodded her head and with one thought the training room was hit with an intense gravity wave.


    Jack and the rest had no time to figure out what had happened as many of them had been forced to the ground." What the hell is going on!" Keith screamed out as he was forced to knees. Trish was not fairing any better as it took everything in her power to just stay conscious. Gritting his teeth Kack yelled out to his team to use the force to try and compensate for the new gravity.


    Slowly many of the Demon dogs slowly rose back up but that was it. No one could move more than that, and poor Anakin had passed out from the gravity increase. Revan walked to the middle of the group shaking his head." Pathetic if this is all you can muster then you should all just die and save the Mandalorians and sith the trouble of killing you their selves. For the next 5 days you will sleep, eat, and live in this room. After those 5 day I will once again increase the gravity and we will continue this trend until you leave a month from now. If you dont get your act together someone will die." Then with out saying a word Revan left them in the room and locked the door.


    "Well shit this just got a lot more complicated." Jack said as he looked around the room. At this point someone had woken Anakin up but the boy could do nothing but lay on the ground. It took everything in the boy just to breath let alone stand or even sit up.


    By the fifth day everyone was back to doing saber forms and practicing their control over the force. As promised Revan increase the gravity to 5¡Á Earth''s however unlike last time the group was ready for the change. The only thing that happened was a few people grunted but no one fell to the ground. Revan who had been watching this nodded with approval and turned to the Outcast, "Begin the construction of light saber parts and bring out our stored Khyber Crystals they need to tune the crystal to themselves over the next week before we begin the creation of their lightsabers."


    The Star Forge at this point had began powering up all it systems as it awaited it''s new masters training to be completed. It patiently waited the day that it would once aging churn out machines of war and death. It could feel that it''s new Masters would bring about a war that would change the galaxy all it had to do was wait and its purpose would once again be filled.


    Over the remaining three weeks the Demon Dogs began to live up to their name sake. Demons of war and of the Force. Dogs that once unleashed would kill everything in there way. Finally they day before they were released from the training room Revan taught them how to create the weapon of Force users. It had taken a bit longer tha. he had thought for the crystals to tune to the group. At frist Revan could not figure out why that had been, but after taking Jack crystal to examine it.


    He had discovered that the crystals had been slowly absorbing some of the force that had be rolling off of his students. Becoming even stronger than normal Khyber Crystals. So to not disturb the transfer of power he decided to wait until now to have his students craft their lightsabers.


    Revan watched as 21 sets of lightsaber parts floated through the air under 10¡Á Earth''s gravity. Coming together under the careful use of the force. After 10 mins the last of the Demon Dogs connect all the parts together Jack turned to the group and ignite his lightsabers as two black blades shot out of the shafts. The rest followed their leader as 20 other black blades shot in a glorious hum.


    "Its time for us to take back our planet, and force a change in the galaxy. They will learn to fear the people of Earth once we are finshed!" Jack yelled as the Demons Dogs all scream in a glorious war cry. At this moment the door to the training room finally opend as Reavn walked through. The month of hell had shaped his apprentices in to true Force users. They were neither Sith nor Jedi but something more.


    He almost felt sorry for anyone foolish enough to get in their way at this point. They would bring a change to this galaxy even if it did not want it. It was time for the world to see his creation. Their return was near and he knew the Mandalorians were in for a world of hurt.

 20 The Challenge

    On the day of the Demon Dogs return to the New York clan command center. The Star Forge created a parting gift. A stealth with fighter the group instantly recognizes the ship as the one Darth Maul flew in the Phantom Menace. Jack knew if they never got the Kom''rk fighter back that this ship would make a fine back up.


    The Star Forge had opened a hanger sized hole to the surface of the ice. This would allow all of the new ships the Forge would create and easy escape to the surface. Turing back to take on last look at the Forge. Jack took this second to clear his mind. Knowing that once they left this hanger things would come to a sudden change, but it had to happen and there was no turning back.


    Without hesitation Jack turned and entered the ship with the rest of his crew. The ship roared to life as it shout into the sky. At its current speed it would take them about an hour to reach the clan headquarters, but before they arrived Jack needed to set the table. Contacting Lin, Hans, and Sam he informed them of his groups return to civilization,and what his next steps were going to be.


    All three knew what was at stake with Jack''s gamble. If it worked Earth would be lead by an Earth Mandalorian. If he fail...well there would be no one left of his group to complain. After confirming The other spec ops support. He prepared him self for the call of his life. Jack took a breath before he hailed Sharia, and soon her firgured flickered to life." Jack..this is a little unexpected what can I do for you."


    For a long moment Jack said nothing. Sharia could tell something was different about the boy just before she could ask what was wrong he spoke. " I want to proclaim my self Mand''lor I will arrive at the headquarters in 15 mins. I will take all challenges to my claim for the next week. Also those two elders and their sons I am coming to kill all four of them after my week challenge. Tell them to clean their necks and wait for my blade."


    Sharia was shocked, he was proclaiming himself Mand''lor, and would take on challenges to his rule for a week. This was unheard of, normally when the new Mand''lor was chosen after the old one stepped down or die. The leader was normally chosen from the council of elders. Though now that she thought about it their was nothing stopping him from actually doing this. As he was a member of the Darkhide clan and it was within his rights to do this.


    "Do you know what this means...if this is a joke I will turn my ears from this and pretend you send nothing."


    Do not expect any support from them in fact expect a great many of your challenges to come from the clan itself." Jack laughed," Good I would not have it any other way, and Commander you own me a fight for what you did to my pervious leader. I won''t kill you but you will pay for what you did be prepared." With that Jack ended the holo call and his body visibly relaxed.


    ''The dice have been rolled Jack...there is no turning back now only after this will the people of Earth be free to use what we know.'' Jack turned and started walking to the bridge where Trish was currently piloting, he need to calm his mind for what he knew was about to be a stressful week.


    Sharia stood there not really sure what had just happened. This boy had just welcomed a fight from the elder Mandalorians of the clan and the had openly challenged her himself. She didn''t know if he had balls or was just ignorant of what he had just done.


    Well it''s not like she could stop it at this point so she just sent the recording of the video to all the different clans around the planet. Their response was instant and exactly as she had expected. Anger fury and, rage as mad as the thought of a native becoming Mand''lor they really couldn''t do anything to stop it expect bet him in a duel and claiming the title themselves.


    Many of the clans sent her messages stating they would bring the strongest warriors to challenge this pretender in the next two days, but it was the Darkhide clan member that had clearly stated they would wait at the landing pad of this mongrel and deal with him before he dishonored the Darkhide clan. Though she would have wanted to warn Jack the rules of the challenge would not allow her to.


    Eles even if he completed the challenge some would be about to say he received outside help thus not fit to lead the Mandalorian people. So all she would be able to do was watch and hope that he some how managed to survive. While Sharia had been lost in thought a member of her staff had come an informed her that Jack''s ship had landed at the HQ pad near the roof.


    Sighing to her self she told her staff to insure that no one other than the clan would be allowed in the building for the next few hours. Hopefully no one would see this type of clan infighting. It didn''t take long for her to reach the landing pad. She was greated by many of the clan elders. However everyone''s eyes where glued on the ship in front of them.


    The design of it was something they had never seen before. In fact if it had not been for the fact that the ship had been transmitting its transponder codes. The Radar would not have even picked it up. While they had been gawking at the ship the cargo bay slowly opened. After the ramp lowered 21 figures made their way out of the ship followed by a young male and an older female.


    Who had been Anakin and Shmi they made their way to the side of the ship to stay out of the way of the battle they both had been told was to come. Shmi having just accepted Jack as her son and Anakin''s older brother was worried for her son. Though after have the situation explained to her earlier she k ew this had to be done. In order for her son''s people to be free.


    Jack slowly made his way in front of his men and removed his helmet. This last month had hardened his face. Gone was the highschool boy of old his face looked weather like an old war veteran. His piercing glaze shot though the crow. Freezing everyone in place. No one spoke for fear that an all out war would happen the moment it did.


    However the silence did not last long. An elder who had been with the clan for 40 year couldn''t take it anymore."JACK! Bring your ass down to me right this second! You think just because you are now apart of the clan that you can just do what you want! Let me...te..l yo..u!" The elder stared in horror as he clutched his neck trying to gasped for air.


    He was staring directly at Jack who had his hand raised as he slowly choked the life out of the man with the force. To add insult to injury Jack raised the man into the air and pulled hi. toward himself until he was grasping the man with his hand. With the man still in the air Jack turned to the crowd, "I Will Be Mand''lor! Those who get in they way will end up like this fool here." And without a second though Jack crushed the mans neck and threw his body off the roof.

 21 ??? title at the end

    Sharia and the other elders stood there in complete horror. " The force! He used the bloody Force! " One elder screamed. Sharia could not believe what had just happened. Didn''t the Jedi they brought with them to the planet say that they could not sense the force on any of the creatures.


    Her mind was raceing,she did remember that strange report she had gotten from the Mandalorian who had been training them. She now regrets blowing it off as a coincidence at the time. ''It seems like we have under estimated the people of this planet...and we may pay the price for it today.'' Sharia turned to speak to the other elders she had to calm them down before there was a blood bath on the room. They couldn''t have more bodies thrown to the ground like this.


    Jack could sense the fear of the man before he had killed him it disgusted him. How could a so called Mandalorian feel such fear in the face of death. It was at this point he knew the Mandalorians who had taken over this planet where weak. Sure they had them technology beat but that was it.


    They overly played the warrior part atlest most of them did. At this point he could tell at the commander''s of the Mandalorian forces where all real warriors, but it would probably just be them. The planet had been tricked by a bunch of scare crows,and it sickens Jack to think they had let it continue for the last 6 months.


    Pushing these thoughts to the back of his mind Jack made is way off the landing platform and inside of the building followed by his followers along with Shim and Anakin. He thought that the remaining elders would try and stop him. However they parted and made way for him and his group into the building.


    Just before Jack had entered he spotted Sharia in the crowd. "Sharia has the dueling chamber been prepared?" It took a moment for her to realize that Jack had spoken to her. "It has Jack First floor you can not miss it." Jack nodded then return to the front of his procession.


    After the group was gone the elders that had been left behind where in a complete up roar."How did this happen?!" "We have made a grave mistake!" "They will take revenge for everything we have done to them!" Voices mixed with desperation and despair, and for the first time in her life Sharia as she watch this display. Became displeased with being a Mandalorian. If the elders and guides of their society where acting like this she could only imagine the damage their progeny had done to the people of this world.


    By then end of the day the news had broken that a challenger for the title of Mand''lor would be waiting on the first floor of the Darkhide clan, and any clan member who would oppose his rule could challenge him in the next week to single combat to the death.


    It did not take long before a lined had formed to enter the building. Not all in the line had come to challenge the would be Mand''lor. Many had just come to lay eyes on the man, however a large few had come to fight him as well. Those people meet a swift death as none of the first 15 challengers had made it 10 feet to Jack before they had their necks crushed with the force.


    It had not been until challenger number 35 that Jack had decided to allow the person a semblence of a chance. So for the next 20 minutes Jack dodge blaster bolts by razor thin margins. Gracefully moving just a hairs breath from death. For everyone it was an impossible feat but for the Demon Dogs this had just been a Monday morning training warmup. After the 20 minutes Jack grew bored of the woman he had been fight. In what would seem like a flash of light Jack appear infornt of the woman and shot her across the room with the force.


    The woman just watch wided eye as she say this man appear in front of her face. The next moment she felt her body lift off the ground and take off like a pod racer toward the back wall. She had blacked out before she hit the wall fully believing she was going to die. However Jack had been giving mercy at let''s to the people who he could feel did not show a fear of death.


    Just before the woman would impact the wall and die Jack slowed her body down just enough so she would not die. He would not kill off good warriors but it did not mean he would not make them suffer. By the end of the day Jack had fought over 100 challengers, but as a result of the 100 straight wins no one in the clan area had any thoughts of fighting him any longer.


    Jack had won the respect and fear of the members of clan Darkhide and for the rest of the night he had no one to fight. It was not until the next morning that the challenges would begin again. 7 Clan elders each with two champions each had arrived to fight the would be Mand''lor. Jack and the others had never left the dueling chamber and had just been sitting their when the clans had arrived.


    Jack said nothing as the clan arranged themselves in front of him. After about 10 minutes one of the elders of the group stepped forward. "I am an elder of clan Chillhide on the continent you know as Europe. We are.." Jack was not having any of it."Cut the bull I do not care where you are from or who you represent after this week their will not be seven clans only one. My clan. So let''s just get this over with, oh and you all can come at me all at once but would atlest give you a fighting chance."


    The elder was glowing red from anger he never felt so humiliated in his entire life."Fine if that''s how it''s going to be." At this moment all 14 of the clans champions rose to face against Jack alone. For the first time since the challenges had begun the day before Jack unfasten the lightsabers that had been on his belt. They had been behind his back so no one had suspected that he had such weapons. Staring the 14 down Jack ignited his Black blades and begun circling the group of attackers.


    The groups inched closer and closer to each other. Then without warning Jack leaped into the crow of people and began his attack. Even though he was surrounded 14 to one for a force user like Jack this had been a cake walk. While he had been the the air jumping to the crow of warriors he gather the force around him. The moment he hit the ground the force shot out in all directions blowing many of the attackers in to the walls around them


    Dazed and confused by the situation Jack mopped up any who had been unlucky enough to stay conscious. Force checking and force pushing had become his go to moves at the moment. That is until one of the remaining attackers pulled out a vilorblade. Taking advantage of when Jack had be facing away from him the attacker struck at Jack from below. Unfortunately with the force on Jack''s side he sense the attack before it happened.


    With one swift motion Jack deflected the blow and did a spin arc swing attack cutting the man in half. It had been the first death of the challengers. So far Jack had been sparing many of them as he could feel they ment him no ill will. They had just been following orders but this man had attacked Jack with the intent to kill him. So Death had been appropriate, after 5 mins the attackers had been dealt with. Jack return to the middle of the room and sat down.


    The clan elders said nothing, I mean what could they say the results were right in front of them. He beat their best in 5 minutes. At this point the new the week time line was not for the challengers it was for the new Mand''lor to judge each clan elder to find the ones he was going to keep around. As it stood there was no one who could beat him in a challenge like this on the planet so it was a given that he would lead them. He was the New Mand''lor.


    Title: Rise of Mand''lo

 22 The calm before the storm

    It has been one year since the Mandalorians came to the planet. Much had changed since they had taken over the planet. The governments of old have all been replaced, social norms of old have been put to the way side. The rise of Mandalorian society has been compete nothing is left of old earth. However the Mandalorian invades did not get to enjoy their rule for they themselves created the very being that would take the mantle of Mand''lor. And that person would be an Earth native to boot.


    After Jack took command he had the Demon Dogs quickly make contact with any of the old earths generals if they were still alive to help him form an global army. The one thing Jack had quickly learned was even though Mandalorians where some of the greatest fighters in the galaxy. They did not have a uniformed army or tactics for an army. Each clan had its own doctrine and set training. They focused on what they believed would be important. For Commando training this kind of thought process was fine but for a collective force this would be a death sentence.


    Too many SOP''s and commandos at critical moments would not be obeyed. A few months after his rule began, Jack had his army and it was growing. Jack also connected the Star Forge''s main computer with Earths internet. With that the Forge was able to go through all of earth''s history and what had been writing about the future of the Star Wars galaxy. Armed with this knowledge the forge begin building a fleet of some of the strongest wars ships of the Star Wars galaxy.


    For the moment Jack keep the forge to building ships from the old republic and clone war era. He did not want to by mistake allow for the creation of a weapon that could fall into the wrong hands. Any ships from the Old Republic era were heavily modified bring them on par with the ships of this era. In just a few months the earth fleet had become the largest in the galaxy currently. Even with Everything that had been going On Jack still remembered to keep some things close.


    Like his parents murders,they where currently be held under the newly construed Main HQ. Everyday for 6 months Jack tortured the two brats and their two fathers that had protect them from punishment. He had no plans in killing them anytime soon, they were just being used to test the affect of force powers that Jack had been experimenting with. Jack''s life at this point had not been all doom and glum. He spent a good amount of his time with Shmi and Anakin.


    So with this worry in mind Jack gathered the Demon Dogs for a covert mission into the heart of the Republic. They need to gather intel on all the players that where going to be involved in this war. He also wanted to see if he could help change the distorted view the jedi had on the force. If they could fix it then he was sure they would be able to tell what Palpatine is the moment he steps on to the senate floor. While Jack was in thought about what his objective would be Sharia entered his office. She waited for him to acknowledge her presents as it was rude to speak before the Mand''lor spoke first.


    "Sharia what can I do for you today.?" Sharia bowed before continuing, " Mand''lor I have the reports for today, as it stands we have a standing army of 15 million, 85 vehicle division, 10 defense fleets and 15 invasion fleets. We have begun the terraforming of Mars and Venus and the outpost on Europa is in it final stages. Employment around the glob is at 94% and we have completely eliminated all forms of disease that had been plaguing your people." Jack nodded very pleased with the work they had done in such a short time. Sharia shifted a bit cause Jack to raise an eyebrow at her," Sharia is there something bothering you?"


    In her mind Sharia was cursing her curious nature but somethings where just not making sense to her." Mand''lor what exactly are we building are forces for at this moment. I know you are not interested in revenge for what Death Watch had done to us, and even if you were you have created and army large enough to take over all of the core worlds in the republic. So what is it all for who are we going to war with?"


    Jack was silent for a moment trying to gather his thoughts so he could explain it in a way without giving spoilers." Lets just say I have a feeling an old Mandolorian enemy is gather their forces to strike at the galaxy, and as Mandolorians how can we not take this chance to attack them when they show their face. Also do not misunderstand just because I have not struck out at Death Watch yet dose not mean they are not my peoples enemy. If anything they are a greater enemy of my people than yours. If it wasn''t for them we would not be have this conversation."


    Well Mand''lor had spoken who was she to question it. Just as she was about to speak The holo com on Jack''s desk flicked to life. Trish one of Jack''s friend came to life in the image. " Jack ship is ready to go everyone is already on board. Your mom and brother are waiting for you at the space port entrance. We leave when ever you get here." Jack stood up and began to gather his things," Got it Trish see you 20 I was just wrapping up here." Trish nodded then ended the call, Sharia who had been listin this whole time raised her eyebrow this time.


    "Going somewhere Mand''lor?" Jack snorted," Yea what about it...if you didn''t know my mother is waiting for me at the spaceport. Didn''t know I had a second one right here." Sharia just sighed one thing her and her people had found out about their new Mand''lor was the fact that did things that by all rights where beneath him to do. He did morning training with most of the troops around the capital. He still did mission with his spec ops team. Hell he was the most hands on Mand''lor that they had in a long time.


    "Sir would it be too much trouble if I joined you?" Now this had been a first for Jack, in the last six months Sharia had not for a second asked to do something herself. " I suppose but can you afford to leave I mean you pretty much run the admin part of this little operation." She shuck her head," It will be fine even before you placed me in this position my staff did most of this work on their own. They will be fine weather am here or not." Jack shrugged, " Well in that case you have 20 minutes to get to the spaceport pack for a three week trip."


    A few minutes later Jack could be seen in front of the spaceport talking to a woman and child. Shmi was hugging him," Jack make sure you be careful I hear Coruscant is a very dangerous place. Make sure you all watch out for each other and come back in one piece." This made Jack chuckle," Yes mom everything will be fine we are just going there to poke our nose into a few things I don''t want any trouble....yet" Shmi smacked the back of Jack''s head,"No trouble at all you hear me AT ALL got it." To the side Anakin was laughing at his brothers misfortune.


    "Hey brother make sure you bring me back a souvenir, I have always wanted to go to Coruscant." Jack rubbed the top of Anakin''s head, " Sure spud I will bring you something back, and who knows maybe if you finish Master Revan''s training I might take you to Coruscant too." Anakin''s eyes grow larger," You Promise!" "Yea...Yea I promise just finish your training."


    At this moment Sharia walked up behind Jack and his family. " Lady Shim, young master Anakin,and Mand''lor, I am ready when ever you are." Before Jack could say anything Shmi was in front of Sharia," Make sure you bring my son home and don''t let him do anything stupid." Jack face palmed himself and Anakin just laughed. Sharia grew a little nervous, "Ma''am your son is the strongest of all of use if he needs my help then we are in some real trouble."


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Right at this moment Jack felt a fear welling up inside of him, before he could stop his mother from speaking it happend, " Thats not what I mean dear, You see this boy of mine is already 18 but he hasn''t dated a single girl and from what he told me of his parents before. They never really pushed him to find someone. What I am afraid of is he will get to Coruscant and get taken advantage of." Sharia for the first time in her life blushed, Jack was on the ground looking as though he was punched in the gut, and Anakin was rolling on the ground red from laughing.


    Weakly jack spoke,"...please Sharia ...just get on the ship....and forget everything my mother just said..." Sharia nodded and robotically walked into the spaceport. Shmi shuck her head," What am I going to do with you Jack you need a nice girl to look after you..How about Sharia she seems like a nice girl." Said girl had been close enough to hear Shmi say that and tripped on a non existent rock on the ground and fell over.


    Jack slumped his shoulders,'' Please god on high just kill me now.''

 23 The Calm on Coruscan

    Though things were going well with the Mandalorians on Earth. In the heart of the republic things had not been so happy. Many republic world where beginning to get feed up with the obvious corruption that was running rampant in the Senate.


    Many systems had began plans to leave the republic in order to better establish themselves. The current Chancellor Valorum was always tied up in matters with key systems and couldn''t keep up with the problems of the smaller worlds,and the protectors of the republic the jedi where facing their own problems.


    Count Dooku had recently left the order and returned to his home planet. He had become upset with the Jedi lack of interference with the corrupt politics that had been happening in the republic. It did not help that when he mentioned what had happened to the true Mandalorians the council had decided not to interfere. That had been the straw that caused the count to leave.


    It was then a few months after his departure that the jedi council felt the shock of the released force energy from the Star Forge. Every jedi on the planet felt the wave forcing the council to call for an emergency meeting. I the heart of the jedi temple 12 master gathered to discuss the recent developments in the force.


    Jedi Masters Yoda, Windu, Plo Koon, Ki-Dai-Mundi,Tiin, Adi Gallia, Yareal Poof, Eeth Koth, Billaba, Shaak Ti, Trebor, and Kit Fisto all gather in the council chambers with solemn looks spread across their faces. Master Mundia spoke first," I feel what has happened early today was the force warning us of a change. I feel that we must locate the source of this change as soon as possible."


    Many of the members nodded in agreement following with Master Yoda voicing his opinion, " Trace back we must to the source, But who to send in these troubled times we must decide." Yode was right they might not be able to send any master to find the source force energy. Not with all the problems the republic was facing right now.


    Master Windu took this moment to speak," This could all be some sort of trap to spilt our focus from our current task. The republic is in dire straights with systems threatening to leave we need most of the Masters here to try to talk them out of leaving. I do not think it would be wise for us to send someone off to investigate this anomaly at this point. Instead we should tighten our guard here in the core worlds."


    "Foucs on one task we can, Ignore a threat we can not. A danger must be known else strike the back it can. Ignorant the council can not be on this, some send we must." As Yoda was currently the most senior member of the council currently. His word was law. For the next hour the council discussed the details of how they would go about this investigation.


    While the jedi were busy were busy with there problems another order of force users on Coruscant were also so dealing with the spike in the force. Deep in the under city of Coruscant. Darth Sidious and his apprentice Darth Maul quietly discussed the recent change in the force, and what it could mean for the plan.


    "Master what does this mean..has another power risen in the galaxy that can threaten the republic?" Darth Sidious was quite though he had a plan set in place he was not above change it and taking advantage of a new force especially if it could threaten the republic. He would not have to wast so much time manipulating the senators of the different systems to try and get them to rebel, and if the force was strong enough maybe he just out right conquer the republic instead of forcing a proxy war with two sides that he controls.


    "I am not sure what this means as of yet my apprentice, however for now we will stick to the plan. I will meet with the trade federation to see if I can convince them to move the time table for blockading and the invasion of Naboo sooner."


    "It will be as you command my master I shall return to Geonosis to insure that all battle droids factories are completely on the planet." Taking a bow Maul turned and exited the room leaving Sidious alone with his thoughts. Hopefully this new factor could be used to his advantage in some shape or form. If it couldn''t be then it could always be removed by force.


    Back on Earth Jack and his crew finish flight check before leaving Earths solor system. It would be a week long trip there and they would have about a week to gather as much information as they could before returning. Jack had a feeling that the time line for the story might have increased a bit do to his forces now becoming a major factor. He still hadn''t decided which side to help especially considering that if he let Sidious start the war then he would be controlling both sides.


    It might be best to force him to one side and fight him like that, but the trouble was which side would he force him to. If Jack could get the Jedi to she Palpatine and Darth Sidious then it would be easy to force him to the separates however if the jedi would not listen to reason then he would cut Sidious off from the Separates completely and take over the faction him self.


    During daydream planning Trish had finished all system checks and had initiated lightspeed jump. As the ship shifted into hyperspace Jack could help but feel the excitement growing inside of him. This would be the quiet debut of his faction to the rest of the galaxy though if everyone did their jobs then only a few people would be awear of their presence. Still the few people who would know would either feel fear or respect for his faction, and you can never really go wrong with that type of mentality attached to your name sake.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    The only thing that had been bothering Jack was the fact his whole team had hear the exchange between his mother him and Sharia, and they had not stopped hounding him about. Though Sharia had been proving her self as a great subordinate. He didnt really see him self with her. If anything their had been a few characters in this time period that he had been looking forward to meeting. One of which had been a beautiful alien Togruta jedi master.


    Hell of he couldn''t convince the jedi he could always try and get a few of them to follow him and leave the order. From what he read about Shaak Ti she had been a broad minded Jedi Master. Jack felt like if he could convince any of what was going on it would be her or Yoda, but as far as the rest of the council he could not be too sure.


    Especially of Master Mace Windu, the man would most definitely see him as a threat the moment he entered the temple. Still it Jack knew he had to try if not he might as well figure out a way to take the jedi off the board. That way even if he failed to stop Sidious the jedi would survive.

 24 Contac

    The week long flight was uneventful. Jack and ther others spent most of their time in the force scape. Even through they had become almost disgustingly strong in the force. Revan explained that when you feel you are the strongest is when you make mistakes. So they trained during all their down time in the last six months, and continue even now.


    In hes cabin Jack sits cross legged focused on keep every object in the room floating and circling around him. Deep in his thoughts he could still sense Sharia walking to his door. Before her hand touched the door to knock Jack had opened it causing Sharia to stumble a bit before walking in.


    "Sharia what can I do for you this morning?" Jack still in his trance asks her while still focused on the task he was currently performing. Though at this point Sharia must have seen Jack due this atlest a dozen time already it still impressed her a great deal. Their had not been a Mandalorian force user in a very long time, and right now she new about 20 new ones.


    If only they had been there in the beginning, but before she let her mind wander Jack brought her back to reality when he sat all the objects back on the ground. "Mand''lor we should be arriving shortly I have prepared most of the gear in the cargo bay. We should gather the others so we can go over objectives before we touch down."


    Jack nodded and proceeded to the exit,however to his surprise Sharia still stood in front of him blocking the way."Sharia is there something more you wish to talk about?" Taking a deep breath Sharia tries to calm her rising nerves. "Mand''lor...Jack I know we have not talked much since we left but...I just want you to know that I will insure that you survive no matter what happens on the planet. I will keep my promise to your mother."


    Without giving him time to respond Sharia turned and bolted down the hall way. Leaving a stunned Jack to scratch he''s head in complete confusion. While three doors down a pair of wander eyes duck in to an open room. The set of eyes belonged to one Keith and Trish pair. They both at this moment fighting very hard not to make a sound. Even as a new fit of laughter threatened to rise out of them.


    If Jack spotted them at this point both knew they would die a most painful death but it would have been worth it. Jack still slightly confused just sheepishly laughed as he walked to the bridge of the ship.


    After a few minutes a ship could be seen entering Coruscant''s upper atmosphere. For the unknowing populace of the planet it was just another ship. However this ship of strange design houses the galaxy strongest warriors. If Palpatine knew he would have order that ship taken down right at this moment no matter the cost.


    He was not the only one freaking out either, however the whole time knew they had a job to do and that was the priority. Spilting off into three groups lead by Jack, Keith, and Trish each group head off to compete each of their own objectives.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Trish heads to the ambassador sector in an attempt to secure security contracts on key planets. If she was successful then they would have legitimate reasons for moving troops and equipment to a planet. Jack however suspects that no one would take such a deal not from an unknown group so. He instead truly wants Trish to focus on Naboo and getting the current rule be it the King or Queen to agree.


    Keith''s job was a bit more complicated. He was in charge of setting up a spy network in the lower city. The Demon Dogs that went with him are the only ones not making the return trip back. They would remain on Coruscant for an extra three weeks atlest until they could be relived.


    Having a network in place will greatly increase the influence that Jack would have in dealing with any schemes Palpatine might come up with. Jack''s group which only consisted of himself and Sharia were heading to the jedi temple. Thos by far could be the most dangerous part of the mission.


    If things go sideways Jack and Sharia could very well find themselves surrounded by enemies with no conceivable way out of that situation. Still this would be his best way to effect change in the greatest scale. If the jedi where made aware of the snake in the grass that the Senate was hiding. They might be able to stop the republic from falling into the hands of the sith.


    Even through time was of the essence Jack, Trish, and Keith still share a moment to take a photo together. This would be the frist time in three years that they would be truly separated and on their own in a year, and for two of them it might be the last time they would see each other alive. Sharing one last hug they each broke off heading to their objectives, knowing that failure was not an option.


    During the air tram ride to the jedi temple Jack and Sharia said nothing. For Jack he was running through all the possible ways this meeting in the next few minutes could go. Sharia on the other hand was concerned. She knew her people and the jedi do not get along well at all and in recent years the hostility between the two had been slowly rising.


    She was concerned simply because her leader...her Mand''lor was about to willing walk into the nest of one of her people''s greatest foes. With only two people...in her mind she was dead for sure her only thoughts were on how she could get Jack safely out, not if things went bad but when they did.


    The flight wasn''t long as the pair had been taken to the landing pad just at the bottom of the stairs leading to the temple. Jack was kicking himself for not bringing his JBL too play the 501st temple March song. Well he figure if he could convince the jedi to work together with him he could always come back and play it.


    Taking his time the two made the walk to the top. By the time they reached it Jack was completely in the zone. The force had condensed its self around him, and in full Mandalorian combat armor it gave off a feeling of completely suppression. It was so great that even Sharia who was not force sensitive subconsciously move away from Jack.


    It was not long before the force user inside the temple could feel the change in the atmosphere. Just before Jack could enter the temple a small figure stepped between him and the entrance. At first Jack didn''t realize that there had been someone below him. Atlest until he spotted two horned montarls jetting up just below his field of vision.


    Looking down Jack was at first surprised but then a small smile grew under his helmet though alot younger he still was able to recognize the toddler sized Ahsoka Tano. "Ahm...exssuse mee masterss jedii I have lost my groups can you take me backs to thems." It took ever cell in his being not to put her up and spin her around in circles.


    Coughing sheepishly Jack knelt to her eye level and removed his helmet. " Hello little Ahsoka I don''t mind helping you find your friends let''s head inside am sure some of the other masters saw them moving about."


    Ahsoka grinned then took him by the hand and led him inside. In Jack''s mind he felt that things might go his way especially if he had been mistaken for a jedi master. The council should atlest be able to feel his good intentions. Atlest that is what he hoped for....


    A

 25 The Jedi

    It did not take long after the group entered the temple for proper jedi masters to notice that something was up with the two armored individuals that had just entered. Jack didn''t let the stares stop him as he and


    and Ahsoka continue to walk down the halls looking for the class of younglings.


    Jack knew he should have been very lost but it was as if something had been guiding him to his destination as the group passed training room after training room. Soon he stopped in front of large door that lead in to the library. Before he could touch the door it slowly began to open as a voice rang out at the same time.


    "Lost you become if you wander. Stay with the group you must young Ahsoka." Jack could tell with in the first five seconds who that voice belonged to. One of the greatest jedi masters of this time...Yoda. Ahsoka ran inside and right up to the jedi,"Master Yoda I promisss I won''t do it again but....but..I had to go to the bathroom..." That last part caused Ahsoka shoulders to slump and Yoda to chuckle. "I see problem that is yes..yes.. however solved it has become. Also thank you I must my strange looking friend. Returning young Ahsoka you have."


    Jack nodded," Master Jedi I am sure you have noticed but I am not exactly a local around here but I have a few things I need to discuss with the council. I concerns the faith of the republic, and the jedi."


    "No lies I sense..troubling this action we must take." Yoda quick walked to a near by panel on the wall after a few swipes an older looking woman jedi entered. Yoda explained the situation and then turned to the younglings gathered before him, " Gather, gather quickly you must. Jedi Master Jocasta this is. Finish the rest of the lesson she will."


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    The old jedi smiled at the younglings and guided them deeper into the library,however before they left


    Ahsoka turned and ran up to Jack,"Hmm... I never gots your name masterss jedi.." Chuckling light Jack told the youngling his name cause the small child to smile then turn and run off to catch up with the group.


    After a few seconds Yoda stopped probing him and at that moment they stopped in front of a large set of doors. "A moment I need, prepare the council I must.",and with that Yoda turned and left the two standing in the hall. Sharia sighed,"I thought your people hadn''t explored the galaxy yet.." Understand what she was asking Jack just raised his hand, "I understand your confusion, but there is a time and place for everything and right now is neither the time or place. Wait until we leave and I promise to explain everything." Sharia nodded they silence return as the two waited patiently outside of the council chambers.


    They did not have to wait for very long and the doors swung out allow them to see all twelve members of the council. Some he had recognized, some he did not but he was pretty sure these had been the members leading the jedi during the clone wars.


    Not all of the survive until the jedi purge. In fact he was sure two of these members die went they attacked Geonosis at the start of the war. Jack released such thoughts from his mind at the moment. If he could convince the jedi in front of him of the hidden danger that would soon grip the republic then much of that future could be stopped.


    Turing to face the council Jack took a deep breath. " Hello esteemed members of the Jedi I bring greetings from the Planet nation called new Mandalor. Though I wish we would have meet under a better owen. Time will soon be against us and there is much to be done." Jack gave them a moment to desist his opening statements. It was during this pause that Master Windu to his chance to speak.


    " We of the council accept New Mandalor''s greetings, but it is a strange thing is it not for Mandalorians to enter the temple of one of their greatest foes. Not to mention I was sure that the republic banned to expansion of all Republic members, and last I checked Mandalor was still a member." Though the jedi statement had been a bit harsh it still had been true. Jack took this moment to remove his helmet slightly startling the jedi before their stoic emotions returned.


    "You see it occurs to me that if you do not know that Mandlor has been taken over by the Deathwatch faction then you where not made aware of the fact that their had been survivors of that coup attempt that fled the planet." Jack turned to Sharia, " That one there was on of the leaders who helped the Mandalorians escape and arrive on my planet, where they then proceed to conquer my world and people."


    This news had indeed shocked the council. Count Dooku had informed them before his departure that he had helped a group of refugees escape to an uninhabited world in that section of the galaxy. However if these Mandalorians had been who he was talking about then not only did fail to mention this. He has also allowed them to conquer a world that was still developing and had been at a technology disadvantage.


    This violated the codes of no contact with any world below class 4 in technology. Jack looked around the room and confirmed his suspicions. He then begain the long story about what had happened over the last year to his planet and people. After he was done many in the council looked horrify. Mance Windu turned to face Sharia. If looks could kill she would have been dead on the spot.


    She of course knew why they were angry. Even though they had fled their home planet they still should have abided by the universal law of leaving developing planet alone. Still they hadn''t really been give a choice so they did the best they could with what they had. If they would have gone any where else Sharia was sure it would have taken them years just to build the infrastructure just to survive. Let alone the task of increasing their population.


    If they had not attacked Earth then she sure her people would not survive. Though Jack allowed the jedi a moment to process all that he had informed them of. He still would not allow them to pressure his subordinate. Blocking the view Windu had of Sharia he continue, " Though their occupation had been brutal in the beginning it did not last long. So all can be forgiven. Both of our people are working towards a better future so you need not be concerned about us."


    The others members of the council though still upset nodded knowing what was about to be discussed next would be very important. Seeing the jedi start to relax Jack came to the climax of his speech." Now for the main point of why am here...I am sure you all have noticed the growing corruption in the republic Senate. Even though I can''t fully explain how I know I can tell you that this corruption is not natural. In fact it is the work of a powerful sith lord." Jack had to hold back his laughter when he said powerful sith lord.


    By his master Revan''s standards Sidious was at best an average sith lord, but by keep the jedi ignorant of his present he was able to push them to the brink. While he was have these thoughts the members of the council were shocked.


    Master Shaak Ti couldn''t help but ask, " I know you said you would not be able to explain it, but you have to know that such a claim is extremely serious. We do not know you and for all we know you could tell us this in an effort to have the jedi distrust the current members of the Senate. That in its self would cause a great fear to spread through the republic."


    Jack had to admit that Shaak Ti did not fail to grasp the main issue of the problem. It''s also help improve the already great impression he had of this beautiful jedi that she had been the first to point this out. Jack couldn''t help him self as he spoke, "Smart and beautiful the rumors about you Master Shaak Ti fail capture everything about you. It is true that you all do not know me, but there is one thing wrong with your statement."


    Shaak Ti had been a bit taken back from this young man''s last statement. She however did not let it show on her face." What was wrong about what I said."


    "What was wrong was that you said I would force you not to trust the Senate but it''s not the whole Senate...Just one man and as it stands right now he should not have very much power at lest in public."


    This caught the attention of everyone. "Who is this man." Shaak Ti waited baited on the answer. "I won''t say not yet, but instead I will tell you of event that will come to pass. In about two years the planet of Naboo will be block aided from the Trade Federation. The queen at the time will escape the attack and make it to the republic. She will then seek aid and be denied that aid. At that time she will move for a vote of no confidence and have the chancellor removed. It will be at this moment you will know who the sith lord is."


    The council was silent as they absorbed what had been told to them. Master Kit spoke after remaining silent up till now. "If what you say is true why not help us stop it. Why allow the people of Naboo to suffer and die just to prove that what you say can be believed."


    Jack responded," I never said I was going to allow them to do as they pleased, as we speak I have some of my clan providing a transponder to the royal family of the planet. Once the signal is cut do to the block aided we will arrive to assist them. Even of after words we are seen as a threat to the republic. My purpose here is not to have you stop it. My purpose here is to warn and enlighten you all. The jedi need to prepare a war is coming and there is nothing you can do to stop it."


    Just before anyone could talk Jack''s holo came to life on screen Trish appeared looking slightly tried and wore." Trish is everything alright." She took off her helmet and her face told him everything he needed. "We were too late the king had been assassinated just as we arrive we help secure the new Queen but we had to flee to Naboo we are about to enter Hyperspace the plan will have to be changed. My squad and I will stay with the queen to ensure her safety. I guess it will be awhile before we meet up."


    Though it broke his heart that both his friends would begone for a time he knew it had to be done." I understand keep her alive when the time is right me and Keith will come for you...stay alive Trish." Withput another word Jack ened the call then nodded to Sharia. She knew it was time and headed out of the chamber to call for their ride.


    Jack directed his attention back to the council, " Time is short and we could not prevent one tragedy from happening today. Just know I do not see the jedi as foes in fact I wish to help the order. If what I have said comes to pass I hope that will be enough proof that what I have told you here today is the truth. From there we can move on to what needs to be done. For now I must return to my ship my people need to prepare."


    Turning to leave Shaak Ti couldn''t help but ask one last question," What do you mean your people I am sure you said that the natives took back your planet but what of the Mandalorians they have not been known to submit to anyone they do seem fit. Where are the rest of them." To that Jack just smiled as he returned his helmet to its rightful spot. "Did I not mention how we conquer the Mandalorians. I fought all challenges for 7 days straight was proclaimed Mand''lor and leader of all forces on New Mandalor."


    Without an extra word Jack turned and walked out of the chamber. He need to return and accelerate the plan. He did not know exactly when the Trade Federation would lunch their attack so they had to be ready. What he had told the jedi was ment for them as well as himself. War was coming and it would be here sooner rather than later.

 26 A fixed point in history

    Jack had long left the Jedi temple however the council still remained in session. It hadn''t dawned on them until he left that they had been talking to the current leader of these new Mandalorians. That gave a bit more weight to what the man had said at this point.


    By the end of the session the jedi had come to agreement. What Mand''lor had said about the rising corruption had been a fact that they could all plainly see, and of the sith lord part rang true as well and he came into power then it would all most be impossible to stop him in the convivial manner. If they out right attacked the would be leader of the Republic he would be able to spin it as the jedi rebelling against the republic.


    No that could not be the path they would take. If Naboo was attacked they would know Mand''lor was correct and they would have to go to him for advice on how to stop this threat. Yoda at that point made a decision to recall all jedi out on mission. The jedi would train for the coming conflict, and even if there was no conflict it was time that the jedi played a more active role in the Senate.


    All of this was still unknown to Jack for he had long returned to an almost empty ship to begin his long one week journey. Though he planned to be out for three weeks plans do not always go the ways you would like them to. Jack was not dismayed by this however. He know that the sooner he returns the sooner the planet could begin its finale preparations for the wars to come.


    A year and a half that was the time line that he gave and this was based on his younger sibling age. It would be about that time that Anakin would be the right age to meet Padme, Qui-Gon, and Obi-Wan. For the first time when they got stranded on Tatooine.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Though now Jack was not sure if that would happen or not. He did plan to come and rescue Padme and the others the moment the Trade Federation arrived but as far as the jedi sending ambassador to help with the blockade would be anyone''s guess. Still if Anakin and Obi-Wan didn''t meet now he could always just force their meeting. Jack placed those thoughts to the side as the ship quickly entered hyperspace. During the journey back he would have alot to plan so he called for Sharia so that they could start the planning during the trip.


    It was a sight to be hold but still it would not be enough. Jack and the others quickly made land fall on their planet sized space station home to increase the war built count and give new plans and strategies to the commander''s. New build projects would be announced and ultimately Jack would have a force temple built in New York. If the jedi failed to see reason he would prepare the next generation of force user who would not be restricted in their learning and use of the force.


    Though the new force user would not be of use in the beginning with the fight with the trade Federation however it would be ten years before the clone wars so that would give him plenty of time to prepare for it. So with all his planes layed out the only thing left for Jack to do was train and wait, and that is what he did.


    For the next year and a half many changes occur. The entire sol star system had been transformed into a fortress system. At this point no ships could enter the star system without express permission, and for the unlucky soul who would try they would be destroyed the second they tried. A number of space station dotted the space way, and every major planet have a defense out post on either the surface or one of the moons that orbited the planet.The sun had a Dyson sphere crafted around it as energy was siphoned off and spread throught the solar system.


    The invasion fleets increased from 15 to 20, and with the help of the Star Forge several drones defense fleets had been created as well. The standing army had also gone through some important changes. With the Star Forge having access to everything on earth it had began experimenting to try and create things from some of the most iconic science fiction novels games and movies.


    Though Jack stopped most of the things that had been created from ever entering the general public. The Forge had created on thing that was just too good to pass up. Taking in to account that gene manipulation was already a thing in the star wars universe. The Star Forge had worked out the super solider formula from halo. This was a game changer though the down side was that it would only work a few who were genetically compatible.


    If anyone else took it they would die a very slow and painful death. After filtering through every soliders genes it was discovered that 4,000 out of the 15 million could be altered. Unsurprising Jack, Trish, and Keith were included in that 4,000. Though Trish and Keith would have to wait until their return to receive treatment. Jack was free to enjoy the upgrade to his power, though the process was not an enjoyable experience to be sure.


    Still there was no down side and Jack greatly welcomed have a 4,000 strong spartan like unit under his command. They would be another ace he would be able to play to tip the game in his favor. After a few more months Jack plan to announce his factions present to the galaxy at large. At this point they would be more than prepared for any faction attempt to get a foot hold into the system.


    However the truth of the matter is his people and him need to increase their reputation and create a standing in the republic. By doing that depending on which side Jack would have his people join. He would atlest have a few allies he would be able to bring to his side. Hell if all else failed he could just start taking over the galaxy himself if things got that bad. These thoughts however would be for another time.


    For Jack right now was family time. He and shim watched as Anakin started assembling a protocol droid. The fact that even after everything that had happened to Shmi and Anakin the boy still keep his interest in machines and technology always brought a smile to Jack''s face.


    Anakin had been doing very well in his training so far and though his training had been far more dangerous than the jedi''s would have been. Revan''s teachings gave Anakin greater structure and balance, and it over all taught the boy to use his emotions as fuel rather than sealing them away. This help release alot of the negative emotions that had been building in his heart.


    Jack treasured these moments for he knew they would not last for ever, and as if the universe could feel this thoughts Jack''s holo com went off as one of his many General''s voice followed through,"Mand''lor Commander Trish''s com beacon has stop transmitting. The response fleet has been alerted we await your orders."


    Sighing slightly Jack looked over to his family. They had known this day would come and Shmi knew this time both of her sons would have to leave for longer time than normal. Shmi however put on a strong face for her boys, "I will pack your things make sure you take care of each other." Without another word Shmi left the room leaving only Jack and Anakin. They both could see the pain in their mother''s heart but they had to go.


    Jack returned his attention to the holo com," General prepare my ship me and my younger brother will go and pick up the commander from Naboo have the one of the invasion fleets start recalling their men and have the fleet leave the system in two days. I want them an hour jump away from Naboo in 6 days."


    "It will be done Mand''lor." The holo com cut out and silence came to the room. It did not take long for Jack and Anakin to pack their things,and soon they were sharing one last hug with their mother as a military vehicle arrived in front of their home to take the boys to the space port.


    After arriving Jack was greeted by Sharia at the entrance of the spaceport. "Mand''lor you ship has been prepared the new upgrades have been installed. Though at first the old design had be worried but the ship is solid and the stealth system should be second to none." Jack nodded he had the Forge create a X-70B Phantom for his personal use. The ship was from the old republic era but Jack had always liked the design.


    Making their way inside and to the ship Sharia continue giving Jack the latest information that Keith''s spy network work had step up back on Coruscant. So far the republic seemed like it was completely unwear of what was happening on Naboo. Which was to be expected the jedi however had been paying close attention to the planet. They had even station two jedi there a few weeks before now.


    Jack had idea on who it would have been but he wanted to wait to confirm his suspicious. As they arrived at his ship Jack spotted large cases being loaded on board. Facing Sharia eyebrows raised caused the woman to laugh,"Mand''lor did you forget the new armor was completely about a week ago you never came to get it so the director thought it would be best just to force them on your ship. The case has an auto dawn feature so you dont need a team to get help you get into. Now I think it us best we get a move on if we want to make it to Tatooine before your friend does."


    Jack shaking his head at his on forgetfulness just walked on board with Anakin trailing behind him. Anakin had been curious about the case but figure his brother would tell him about it at some point. Right now the only thing he could care about was making it to the cockpit so Sharia could continue teaching him how to fly like she had been doing for the last month.


    So as soon as the boy got on board he shot off in the direction of the cockpit. The seen caused Jack to laugh as he knew all to well where brothers passion layed. It wasn''t long before the three of them where airborne and out of the planets atmosphere. The plotted the jump to Tatooine and soon left their world behind.


    Though she trusted Jack she didn''t understand why they were heading back to this dust bowl instead of heading directly to Naboo. Jack never one to spoil a surprise only told her to trust him and wait for the show. It would not take them long to reach Tatooine with the ships upgrade engines what ounce was a three day trip was cut to half a day. Jack know his ships right now were the fastest in the galaxy. It would take a Naboo cruiser atlest a day and a half to get to Tatooine so they would get there in plenty of time.


    His only worry would be if they would get off planet at all Jack had done the math it would be atlest two to three days before the jedi team would make it''s way back to the capital. Jack and Trish had spoken before and came to the agreement that unless her life was in danger she would allow things to play out like in the movie. She would only change that if she was in danger or the queen could not escape with her help.


    So as it stood there really wasn''t much he could do at this time other than wait. During his wait Jack training with his brother and Sharia. The three of them were the only ones on this mission as Jack wanted to increase the appreciation the queen would have by having the leader of another planet come to your aid personal. With that three days passed without incident, and on the fourth day a ship jumped in to upper atmosphere if Tatooine.


    The ship was badly damaged as smoke could be seen as it entered the planets atmosphere. Jack could tell without the help of the ship that it had been the queen cruiser. As soon as the queen''s ship made land fall Jack''s ships coms picked up a transmission from them. Making the connection Trish vista came to life as she made eye contact with Jack.


    "Well hello there." Trish was grinning ear to ear. Forcing down his general Kenobi line Jack returned with his own grin."Have fun while you where away you guys looked worse for wear what''s the situation."


    Trish still with a stupidly happy grin on her face said,"Well if I didn''t know you where going to be here I would say we are fucked. The ships hyperdrive took alot more damage then in the movies and we almost didnt make it here we are taking the ship to the same place as in the movies if you want to meet us there that would be great."


    "That is the plan my friend did you inform the queen of our present." Jack asked. Trish shook her head no,"I firgured you would have wanted to do that your self. Well got to go meet you in Mos Espa." Without giving Jack any time to speak again Trish cut the transmission. Sighing Jack turned to Sharia and told her to take the ship to Mos Espa.


    It seems as though there would always be fixed moments in time and this would be one of them. As Jack''s ship made it''s way into the planets atmosphere another ship just jumped into the system. Had Jack been there he would have known who that ship belonged to with just a glance.


    Darth Maul''s Scimitar made it way to the planet its sensors had picked up the queen''s ship landing but its exactly location was not known. The sith knew however that they would avoid the larger settlements due to the Hutts'' presence on the planet and the nature of their passengers. By a simple process of elimination he narrowed the location they could be to the outskirts of Mos Espa or Mos Eisley.


    He would land in area between the two settlements and send drones to both to hunt down the Queen. So far everything had been going the way his Master had planned. If only the idiots in the Trade Federation would not have allowed the queen to escape. Still this would atlest give him a challenge as the queen had the two jedi with her. In his mind he would kill the queen forcing blame on to the Trade Federation which would allow his master to direct the hate and anger from the act on to them. Riding that wave his master would then ascend into the highest position in the republic.


    Little did Maul know however fate would have other things in store for him and his master.

 27 Battle in the Sands

    It didn''t take long for Jack and the others to make land fall. Mos Espa didn''t get alot of space ship traffic so getting a landing pad wasn''t hard. Jack wasn''t exactly sure what would be waiting for them here so he had Sharia and Anakin dawn battle attire.


    Anakin wore an armored version of a standard jedi out fit.Taking in to account how many of the jedi of the old republic dressed. The outfit was alot heavy to move in however Anakin had been receiving the best Mandalorian and force training anyone could get for more than a year now such armor would not be an issue for him. And to top it off a T slit helmet made the boy look like a sith marauder.


    Sharia''s armor had been greatly upgraded in the last year. Her armor had been painted mat black. It covered her from head to toe in a full starship rated armor. Inside if the suit an exoskeleton had been built in to help eliminate the weight. Her new armor mad her look like a bulkier version of and Arc trooper with a jetpack.


    Jack last but not lest dawned the new version of the commando armor special designed for soldiers who had gone through the super solider altering process. The Armor had a body suit that the user would wear first after which individual sections of the armor would be placed on the bodysuit. These sections would then interlock together forming an air tight seal. It had the look of the Halo 4 armor set called Fotus just with the helmet. No for Jack after almost two years of training Reaven had recognized him as he main apprentice and with that allowed the Star Forge to create his signature helmet. Which is what was worse by Jack now.


    With all of them armed and armored up they covered themselves with cloaks and exited the ship. Jack did not know where he would find Trish and the queen however he had time their she was a pile of junk at the moment so he knew they went going anywhere anytime soon. So they took their time exploring Mos Espa. During their Journey Anakin caught a scene of a pod racer match. Though Jack could see his brothers eyes he knew they were probably wide as saucer plates as he watch the play by play of the match on the holo table.


    "We could always start a league back home little brother." Jack nudged his little brother as the continued walking."Only if you don''t tell mom about she would have a heart attack." Anakin said,and though he couldn''t see Jack knew Anakin was smiling. They walked from junkyard to junkyard, and from part shop to part shop. Still there hand been no sign of Trish or the others.


    Jack walked up to the bar and the bartender grew visibly cautious,"Look I don''t want any trouble if you have a bounty in here just take them and leave. I just had the placed cleaned from the last time you lot came in here." Jack said nothing and threw a hand full of gold on the bar. Sharia came up besides him and spoke," Two room next to each other and a round of drink for the two of us oh and a water for the small one."


    The bartender nodded and brought up two glasses from under the bar and pour the drinks before passing them over to Jack a Sharia. The then grabbed a cup and filled it with water and passed it Anakin who had been sitting on a bar stool with his feet dangling off it.


    The sight had made Jack chuckle a bit. All three removed their helmets to enjoy their drinks not really worried about their surroundings. The atmosphere return to normal once people realize that the three bounty hunters weren''t here for anyone. Jack and Sharia enjoyed their drinks and the music. Over the last year Jack and Sharia had grown some what close.


    It was to be expected as she had been helping him manage their people so it had been natural for them to spend time together. Shmi had even grown close to the girl and Anakin seemed to look at her like an older sister. Three had been enjoying their time when another group entered the cantata.


    "Master we have been all over this settlement and now parts dealer will take the credits we have how are we going to get to Coruscant at this rate." A medium sized human Male in a cloak said to a slight taller human. "Patients my young padawan I have a feeling that the force will give us a way."


    Jack immediately recognized the voices, as they had perfectly matched the voices of their earthers actors counterparts. Turing to face them Jack also spotted and armored individual enter along with a handmaid. "Look here Kenobi I told you not to worry about it. If things get really bad I could always send a message to my people." The handmaid turned to the armor individual," The queen already told you no how do we know your people won''t just take advantage of her majesty plight." Armored warrior removed her helmet and looked around the room as she spoke," I keep telling you that won''t happen for one you and your people do not have anything my people could possibly want."


    Before the handmaid could gave a response Trish spotted Jack over at the bar and her face light up like a Christmas tree. Running over to him she damn near tackled him to the grround." You son of a bitch here I am looking everywhere for you, and you have been here the whole time enjoying drinks with Sharia and your kid brother." Jack returned the hug,"Hey don''t blame me Anakin want to look at the pod racers and Sharia wanted to hunt down some more bounties." Jack said jokingly.


    Obi-wan and Qui-Gon looked at the interaction between the two and sighed in relief. They need more allies and the force had brought them some. Walking up to the group Qui-Gon took a look at Jack trying to remember some important information about the man that the jedi council had mentioned to him before they left. He was about to make a statement when his over eager padawan beat him to the punch,"Mandalorian I suppose these are friends of yours then?"


    Hack took this moment to size up Obi-Wan. He knew in time this man would be one of the greatest jedi who ever lived but right now he was just a padawan learner. " That would be correct Obi-Wan only am not just some Mandalorian. I am Mand''lor leader of all Mandalorians, and Trish''s best friend." This statement shocked everyone in the cantata.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    That''s when Qui-Gon put it together this had been the man the council had said brought a warning of the events that had recently happened. Also according to Master Yoda the man before him was a powerful force user and not some on to be trifled with. After recovering from his shock Obi-Wan quickly spoke," I apologize Mand''lor I was not aware that your are...well you as far as I know the Mandalorians are currently lead by the Dutchess and the..."


    Qui-Gon moved quickly to stop the next statement his padawan was about to make. He knew the entire story on how Obi-Wan friend had come into power and what that meant to the person before them,"Please forgive my padawan the truth of your peoples story is not general knowledge that all the jedi have."


    Jack knew what he was talking about. The man probably thought that he would be offended by mentioned the traitorous actions of the Deathwatch. Though Jack himself did not truly care he still was Mand''lor and had to act the part. Glaring at Obi-Wan Jack slowly nodded his head not bothering to speak to him anymore." So Jedi Masters Qui-Gon Gen, what brings you lot to this dust bowl of a planet."


    Seeing Jack change the subject Qui-Gon quickly relaxed and explained the situation they found themselves in. Jack of course already know about their situation but still listen to him. " So basically you all are stuck here we a broken ship and because you have no money they will take you can buy a new and, due to hmm..special package you can''t book passage off world with an unknown captain. That about wrap it up right?"


    Qui-Gon and the others nodded,and Trish took this moment to strike," Hey boss how did you get here we didn''t see any Mandalorian fleets hovering over the planet and I can''t imagine the clan council would just let you out to go play." Jack act as if he was truly hurt," I had to sneak away so I only brought my ship, and your right they would just let me go anywhere that why Sharia. They make her go with every time I leave the planet."


    Trish had a hard time keeping a straight face due to Jack''s terrible acting, but now it was time to go for the kill shot," Well if that''s the case I sure your ships got room for I don''t know 20-30 people right. Why don''t you give us a ride to Coruscant. That way we ditch out broken ship and throw off any who could track the ship. Plus I get to spend some time with my favorite little kid." Ruffling Anakin head as she said this. Not that the boy had been paying attention as all his attention had been on the handmaid this entire time.


    Jack had noticed of course but didn''t say anything. If the two of the were destined to get together then he wasn''t going to get in the way. So he just focused on Trish," I was planning on heading to Coruscant anyway to give the hyperspace coordinates of our system to the Senate. So it''s not like it''s going out of our way or something. I fine with it but am not sure if you group of friends would agree."


    The handmaid spoke this time," We would have to see this ship first to ensure you have as much room as you claim. The Queen has many important items on the ship we came on we can not afford to leave them behind." To that statement Jack just shrugged,"Suit your self, Sharia cancel our rooms looks like we will be leaving early then we thought."


    Soon a large group could be seen heading toward a nondescript landing pad. Unknown to the group however a small probe droid had caught them leaving the cantata. At first it was just going to write the group off however some one in the group had mentioned Naboo and Coruscant. Those two key word had been triggers for the probe and had followed them to the landing pad. After watching the group enter a ship it quickly shot a tracker onto the hull of the ship just before the engines powered up and the ship took off. The drone then informed its master of this development before making its return trip.


    The flight to the outskirts was quick Anakin had asked pilot in an attempt to impress the handmaid who the boy had skillfully found out that her name was Padma Amidala. She sat in the cockpit with Anakin as he skillfully controlled the ship. Though the ride was only twenty minutes the two of them hadn''t stop talking since the moment they had arrived on the ship.


    Jack had been staring at the two with a happy grin on his face. Since Anakin was his brother through adoption he would insure his survival and happiness at what ever cost. Jack had not been the only one looking at the two, Qui-Gon have observing the two but had mostly been focused on Anakin. Jack had seen Qui-Gon and knew what was going to come next as soon ad the man started walking over.


    "The boy... your brother I can''t help but feel the force is drawn to him. With your permission I would like to take a sample of his blood to see if he force sensitive." Jack glanced at Qui-Gon for a moment then return to overseeing his brother before speaking, "There is no need Master Qui-Gon, He is force sensitive as are alot of my people. He has been training to use the force for awhile now I would say his control is l...some what passable."


    This had shocked Qui-Gon thr jedi order had assumed that Jack had been taught by a wondering gray jedi or maybe even by the jedi who had come with the original Mandalorians. However if what Jack had told him was true then that would mean they had learned by a complete different means, and they had already been discovering the force sensitives in their society.


    Qui-Gon thought quickly this man if he could get him to agree to building a jedi outpost on his planet they could greatly bolster their numbers. "Mand''lor I know our people have not always been the greatest of allies but times have changed I am sure both the jedi and the Mandalorians want to see a better tomorrow. To that end what would say to allowing the jedi to build and outpost on your world. We could help train your new force sensitives as well as build friendly relationships with each other."


    Jack had expected Qui-Gon to ask to take Anakin. The man however threw him a curve ball and asked for permission for the jedi to build on his planet. He wouldn''t mind it however their would have to be a few ground rules. "Truthfully I had expected you would want to take me brother for training at the jedi temple in Coruscant to which I would have had to refuse you, but I don''t particularly care if the jedi want to build and out post on my planet. Their of course would have to be some rules established before your people would be allowed their but I am sure the council and I can hammer out the details when we arrive."


    The truth is Qui-Gon had thought about asking to take the boy but the jedi had to weigh his options and one person versus a planet of people was not really a choice. The ride came to and end quickly as the group made landfall right next to the Naboo ship. The Queen''s guard had been on high alert as the ship was approaching however the Mandalorians that had been with them didnt even flinch as they could sense who was on the approaching ship.


    After the ship landed things began to move quickly from there. Qui-Gon and Padma quickly explained what the plan would be just as Jack made his way into her chambers. The queen thank him for the assistance before she directed her people to moving supplies onto his ship.


    Jack took this chance to meet with members of the Demon dogs who he hadn''t seen in over a year. They all joked and enjoyed each others company. They even teased Anakin about his obvious crush he was developing on Padma. Much to the slightly dismay of the girl herself. With the crew working though the night everything that needed to be transferred over had been, and they were preparing to leave the planet.


    Jack however was feeling slightly cheated he was sure Maul would have attacked by now...and as if the universe had been waiting for it que Darth Maul came shooting over the horizon on his speeders bike.


    Many of the Queen guards panic as they quickly tried to get the rest of the royal staff on the ship. Only the two jedi and Mandalorians looked remotely calm. Jack took a step forward and looked at his men. They knew he wanted to fight this alone so they entered the ship with the rest. Padma had been trying to get Anakin on board with her however the small biy shuck his head and removed her hand, "Look Padma I will not lie I think you are really pretty and I like talking to ,but I am Mandalorian and the brother of the Mand''lor unless he tells me to get in the ship I will stand by with him for battle. So please just wait for us on the ship besides Its not like who ever that is stands a chance against my brother."


    Padma who had been hesitant before sighed and looked the boy in the eyes,"Alright but you have to come back unharmed...you don''t get to tell a girl she is pretty then run off and die you hear me." Anakin just laughed then but on his helmet me as he made his way off the ship and stood next to us brother and Sharia.


    Qui-Gon was about to tell everyone he would take this fight when Jack stepped forward,"I have got this Master Jedi just sit here and take notes." Undoing his cloak Jack''s armor shined in the sun. He reached behind him and pulled out his two light saber just as Maul''s speeder came to a stop in front of him.


    Maul wasted no time as he jumped from the speeder igniting his lightsaber and he attacked Jack. Jack responded in kind by igniting his sabers as well and rolling underneath the attack. As Mual turned to face Jack he was hit with force push from the man an sent flying 25 yard from him. After rolling for a bit Maul stumbled to his feet just in time to see Jack attacking from the air have force leaped to his position.


    Maul parried the attack before igniting both ends of his lightsaber. Jack lite up his other saber as well as the two continue battling. Swipes, lunges and parries filled the battle field with both side moving progress faster and faster. Enhance by the force their movements became a blur. Qui-Gon and Obi-Wan stood then in awe at the sight. There would be few jedi who could even match his speed let only his skill.


    For Jack things were not nearly as fast as they seemed for everyone else that''s to his super solider enhance he had been given the legendary spartan time, and could see every moment Maul was making and defend accordingly. He could see that Maul was running out of steam quickly.


    Maul must have realized that he could not win so with his remaining strength he tried to force Jack to his knees with and over hand strike. Unfortunately for Maul Jack was atlest 5 times stronger than a normal Man and with the added benefit of the force took the hit like it was nothing leaving the tried sith vulnerability to a direct force push. Sending the sith fly about 89 meters away.


    Struggling to get up Maul face showed absolute horror, "What are you!" He shouted. Jack just laughed as he turned and headed to his ship,"I am Mand''lor cross my path again sith and I will kill you." Still laughing as he entered the ship Maul could feel his emotions raging. He had never felt so humiliated I his life. He would repay this humiliation a hundred times over if it was the last thing he would do.

 28 The Senate

    Jack and the others entered the ship completely ignoring Maul who had been beating into the sands. Qui-Gon was still shocked from Jack''s display of speed and skill, and he did even spare a glance at the defeated sith. With in a few moments Jack''s ship took off into the atmosphere, and plotted its course toward Coruscant.


    It would take the group about two days to get to Coruscant which was much fastest then it would have taken the Queen and the jedi to get to with her ship. The Captain of the Queens Guard Panaka marveled at the design of the ship and its systems. He secretly informed the queen that this ship was probably one of the most advance vessels in the galaxy to date.


    During the trip the Jedi mostly keep to themselves while the queen''s guard took time to learn most of the ins and outs of the ship, atlest in the areas that they were allowed to be in. Jack spent time talking to the queen giving her a brief overview of the history of his planet. He also explained the befits of a possible alliance between the two planets.


    The queen had warmed up to the idea as it stood Naboo was a pacifist Nation and did not have a standing military which was why they had beed conquered so quickly. Having a strong militarist ally would stop something like this from happening again .


    While the both of them talked shop Anakin and Padma took this time to grow close. At first she was not to keen on the boy. However Anakin showed that he was very intelligent and had many interests that they both shared. Over the course of two day a great friendship had bloomed between them.


    The flight to Coruscant went smoothly and no major problems arose. As soon as they entered the atmosphere the Queen sent a message to her ambassador to call for an emergency meeting of the Senate. This would be Jack''s first meeting with the would be sith lord but he had no plans on exposing as of yet but he would insure that he would not raise to power during this next ten years.


    While Jack was planning his next move the two Jedi who had be quite most of the trip approached him to inform him of their plans. Qui-Gon was going to go and inform the jedi council of what had transpired up to this point as well as bring the news of Jack agreeing to have a jedi outpost built on his planet with conditions.


    He also informed them that unless the Senate voted not to help the people of Naboo this would probably be the last time they would meet atlest for awhile. This caused Jack to chuckle simply because he knew the Senate was not going to help atlest not any time soon, but he keep this to himself and informed them that he would be visiting the temple to hammer out the condition some time with in the next few days.


    Taking a air tram to the refugee sector. It did not take long for Jack Sharia and Anakin to reach the makeshift hideout that Keith had picked out. Though the outside looked a bit run down the inside had been completely replaced and upgraded. If the Demon Dogs didn''t want you inside you weren''t getting inside.


    Though Keith had been away it was not as long as Trish because Keith would do rotating here in 3 month spans. Still it had been awhile since Jack had seen his friend and it warmed his heart to see him now. Taking time to enjoy their meeting Jack explained what his next steps would be.


    The emergency meeting would take place in the next three days so until then Jack plan on dealing with all the issues that would allow his planet to have a seat in the Senate, as well as make his deal with the jedi before the emergency meeting. Lucky Keith''s network had done all the leg work that would have been need.


    It took a half a day of bribing and promises of favorable trade deals but New Mandlor now had a voice in the Senate as a newly recognized planetary government.The next thing Jack need to take care of was the jedi. After Arriving at the temple he was quick shown to the council chambers. It seemed as though the jedi had been more inclined to believe what he had to say now.


    Thanks to Qui-Gon, and Obi-Wan attesting to his skill and use of the force the jedi were a bit on edge and wanted to know a few things as well. Jack however had no interest in telling them who he had been taught but and got straight to the point. If the jedi wanted to build an outpost on New Mandalor Jack would allow it on a few conditions.


    The frist that the jedi would not interfere in there way of life, and that they would follow all laws of the planet. Two if the jedi found a force sensitive they must ask permission from the clan elder before they can even approach to ask if they would like to be taught by the jedi. Three the jedi are allowed to enter the force sensitive school that is being built on the planet but they are not allowed to talk about the things they see, and lastly all military strength and technology levels will be keep a secret less the jedi would like the Mandalorians to burn Coruscant to the ground.


    The jedi weren''t too thrilled about the conditions that Jack was placing on them, and after some back and fourth the the jedi agree to the first one without issue, they however would like to atlest share information within the council, and to that Jack told them if they sent a council member then he would allow the sharing of information to this room only. The council agree to that and Master Shaak Ti volunteer to stay on earth, which would work out for Jack.


    So with in 8 hours another deal had be made and the jedi were officially coming to Earth. It would be a few months before that would happen but for now Jack would focus on the upcoming Senate meeting. Finally they day of the emergency meeting had arrived. Jack and his men meet back up with the queen of Naboo. The queen asked if they would like to join them on her platform to which Jack politely declined, and informed her they would be on their own but they will fully support her and her people.


    Though the queens face had no emotions to it inside she had been greatly shaken. It usually takes a newly formed planet years before they can apply for a seat on the Senate. Yet some how these Mandalorians did it in three days. Still keeping her poker face the Queen simply smiled and thanked Jack for his support.


    As Jack and his group entered the Senate the veiw was an eye opener. Hundreds floating platforms circle around a center chair. It was exactly like it had been in the movies. Chancellor Valorum already had the session under way taking role call and allowing the new arrivals time to get to their places. Soon the session was well under way with the Queen of Naboo starting us off with the opening statement. "The chair of the chancellor recognizes the delegation from the planet of Naboo."


    The queen''s platform moved to the center of the room,"Members of the Senate I stand before in my planets most dire situation. The planet of Naboo has been invaded by the Trade Federation. As we speak thousand of my people are dying in labor camps set up around my Capitol." Just as she was about to continue another platform shot into the middle.


    "This is a lie where is the proof. We of the Trade Federation have not invaded nor do we have her people in work camps!" The delegation for the Trade Federation shouted. "The chair of the chancellor has not at this time recognize the delegation from the Trade Federation, however the delegation does make a good point do you have any proof of what is happening on your world.


    This is were things would begin to spiral out of control for the good chancellor. Though he asked an innocent question that any reasonable person in a leadership position would ask. The fact that the leader of a planet was speaking and not her ambassador should have been a sign that something was not right. If he did nothing at this point the queen would grow frustrated with him and with Palpatine whispering in her ear a vote of no confidence would arise.


    Jack however had no intention of allowing Palpatine to do as he please so moving his platform toward the center Jack spoke just as the rage from the queen was about to spill out. "Yes chancellor we have proof of the invasion. I am willing to share it with the Senate if the chair would allow it." Jack''s statement brought the queen away from the rage that had been clouding her mind. She had no idea where it had come from and it had felt unnatural but for now she would push it to the back of her mind.


    "The chair will recognize the delegation from New Mandlor, and will allow them to show their evidence." Jack nodded then turned to Trish. She inserted a dish into the holo drive and images appeared in the Senate. A satellite veiw of the planet blockade, of the destruction of the capital city, and hundreds of labor camps that surrounded the city as well. Then it cut to a scene with the queen and Viceroy Gunray and the Queen walking down a hall way. In the scene they Viceroy is threatening the death of her people if she did not agree to sign over the rights of her planet to him.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    After that the images faded and before the Trade Federation delegation could counter Jack spoke again," These images were taking by my men would had been under contract with the Queen of Naboo at the time. I can assure you that they have not been doctored or edited in any way." The Senate hall exploded this was unheard of. The Trade Federation trying to force a planet to sell its self away. This was madness.


    It took chancellor Valorum a full 10 minutes to calm the chamber. "With the evidence presented I have no doubt of the claims made by the delegation from Naboo. So the Republic Defense fleet shall be sent to Naboo to aid in their defense and retake their planet. The Delegation from the Trade Federation will be place under house arrest and all communications between them and their government will be suspended until this crisis has been resolved."


    Just as everything looked as though it was settled a man from the queen''s platform stepped up and spoke." Excuse me chancellor my queen and I are very thankful for the republic quick decision and response to our crisis ,but I have to ask how long will it take for the republic defense fleet to assemble and arrive to Naboo."


    The man who spoke was non other then Palpatine. Jack knew in that moment what the snakes aim was. He was still trying to get Valorum removed from office. Jack was sure that Palpatine had insure that the defense fleet had been scattered to different sectors of the republic just in case something like this would happen. So in true asshole fashion Jack once again interrupted the exchange between two different people.


    "If the ambassador is worry about the distance that the republic fleet is going to have to travel to get to Naboo. I can understand if they arrive to late their might not be anything left to save. So in response to that I offer the Mandalorian fleet to aided in taking back the planet. My fleet is two days travel at most, that is if the Senate would allow this."


    Chancellor Valorum who had been put in a cold sweat by Palpatine''s question saw a ray of hope the moment the delegation from New Mandalor spoke, and so he quickly took a hold of that hope. " This chair will recognize the Mandalorian fleet as the first responders to this emergency situation. The republic fleet will join you as back up as soon as they are assembled, and all expenses and lost you and your people may face from this endeavor will be paid by the republic."


    Jack smiled," Thank you chancellor I will have my fleet and armies assembled and head to the planet at once, Long Live The Republic!" With that the chamber once again erupted in excitement. Cheers of Long Live The Republic echoed out of the Senate hall and into the new by buildings. As everyone was enjoying the mood. One individual had snuck off during the cheers.


    Palpatine was furious, how did this happen everything had been planned out perfectly. He had clouded the queen''s mind with rage so she would lash out the moment an unfavorable response was given to her, and if by so chance the Chancellor was moved into helping he would not have been able to due to the defense fleet being placed in the outer rim.


    Every should have gone the way he had planned. If it hadn''t been for that Mandalorian. Maul had told him a few days ago that they had fought and the man had been more powerful then he was. Palpatine had brushed this aside as even he was stronger than Maul by many times over. He knew he would need a stronger apprentice as Maul was just a quick choice.


    Those were thoughts however for another time for now he need to plan his next step. If he couldn''t lead the republic then maybe it was time to take his leave of the thing and just destroy it from the outside.

 29 War Machine

    Thing moved quickly after the Senate session. Jack meet with the Chancellor privately to write up the agreement they had come to in the session earlier. During that meeting Jack discovered that his early speculation had been correct and the republic defense fleet would take atlest a month to reassemble before they could make their way to Naboo.


    Jack however assured him that he would not need the republic''s fleet and that it would be handled within the next week to week in a half. After settling his affairs with the chancellor Jack had Keith and Trish inform the queen of his plan to return to earth to assemble his fleet and asked if she would like to join them. His answer came when he saw his two friends leading a group of Naboo royal guard and four seemly out of place Jedi to the landing platform.


    Though he wanted to question the group he could do that when they were in hyperspace and instead opted to just get a move on. After everyone was on board Jack''s ship left the planet of Coruscant behind and made the jump back to Earth. Besides the queen, her guard and her handmaids. The jedi had also come along on this journey. Qui-Gon and Obi-Wan had both made a return saying that they were making up for not being in the Senate hearing as they could have been witnesses to support the queens claim.


    The other to Jedi where ones he had not been expecting yet. Master Shaak Ti and her padawan learner Fe Sun a human female had both joined them on this journey. She told Jack that she would like to get a head start on learning of his planets culture and to assist if he needed it in the retaking of Naboo.


    Though it was unexpected it was not unwelcomed so Jack thanked her for the offer after informing the crew it would be a two journey back and that they should all get some rest. The different groups on board spilt off to do their own things. Jack also took this moment to contact the fleet that had been waiting just outside the start system of Naboo to prepare for battle and that he would be arriving with his capital ship to lead the charge in about three days.


    The next two days were uneventful Shaak Ti did however stumble on Jack training in the cargo hold, and had joined him over the two days. They had talked and came to the understand that they maybe similar in many ways but would have time discover that later.


    By the time they had reach the edge of the sol system everyone on board was anticipating the battle to come. Though it did not stop the key observers from noticing that they had not jumped into a star system but to the edge of one. Jack noticed this but said nothing as he laughed.


    Hundreds of defense platform were peppered through out space ad well as a larger satellite dish that she had instantly recognizes as a hyperspace disruptor array She knew now that any ship trying to jump into their system would be forced out of hyperspace at this point.


    As the Ship cruised along the people inside grow more and more shocked by the minute. Every larger planet they had passed by so far on atlest one of the moons a larger city like outpost had been constructed. Other ships could be seen zooming to and from these outposts. As they approached the asteroid belt that separated the inner planets from the outer. Large refining plants could be seen processing asteroids and mining them for materials.


    Coming up on Mars, a small garden world could be seen from space covered in lush forests and jungles with small settlements dotted across the planet. From this point they could see the Dyson''s Sphere that orbited around the systems sun as it collected all of the energy the sun was producing. The Queen of Naboo had no words she had never seen any group in the galaxy developed to this point. Every resource was being used efficiently from the gas on the gas giant planets to the energy give off by the star in the system nothing was wasted.


    Jack ship quickly approached Earth which had been returned to ita normal planet like shape and entered the atmosphere. Landing in the space port in New York Jack informed the group it would be atlest a day for his Capital Ships crew to be recalled and the ship to be ready for take off. He had the queens delegation brought to the ambassadors suite in the clan headquarters the jedi decided to stay with the queen. That was fine for Jack as he wanted to take his brother to see their mother before they head off to this battle.


    It would have been a nice family time too if it had not been for the fact that Padma had decided to join Anakin which force Qui-Gon to send Obi-Wan to watch the handmaid. Jack could do nothing but sigh as they headed for his home. After arriving home Jack''s mother bombarded him and Anakin with questions.


    Luckily or unluckily depending on how you looked at it Padma was there to be the willing sacrifice to Shmi. The poor girl was dragged off to answer all of their mothers questions. Anakin and Jack did a small prayer in honor of the poor girls memory. The only person not seeming to enjoy the fun had been Obi-Wan. Which caused Jack to ask him a simple question, " Say Obi-Wan is there a reason you wear a permanent unhappy face." The padawan''s eyebrow raised as he answered, " Jedi are taught to control their emotions as certain emotions can lead to the darkside of the force."


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    To this statement Jack answered," Hmm is that so, but would it not be better to understand your emotions rather than control them. I mean none of you are machines so you can never truly control your emotions, and if you bottle them up won''t it ensure that when ever you do fail to keep them in check it would become a problem for the people around you."


    That statement said without any intent and complete off hand would fundamentally change the way the jedi thought. Jack would live to see this change but it would not happen for a couple of years. The day flew by and as the group was leaving Shmi made Padma she would come an visit her whenever she got the chance.


    On they way back to the clan headquarters Jack could see Anakin teasing Padma who had a very visible blush on her face. The scene brought a smile to the man''s face. Any joy he could bring to his family would be worth it. After gathering all the effective parties the group made it way back to the space port.


    Before they arrived Jack turned to the group. With all seriousness present on his face. "From this point on nothing you see leaves this planet. You have only see a fraction of what my people have been able to accomplish, and I would rather keep people who have ill intentioned for us in the dark about what we can do." After give everyone a moment to make their decision Jack continue," Alright for those that can''t keep to this promise I ask that you stay here after the battle we will have you sent back to your home world no hard feelings will be had from this."


    Jack waited to see if anyone would move...no one did. Satisfy he lead the group to one of the largest hangers in the space port. Inside had been a heavy modify Harrower Class Dreadnought. At 1000 meters long it was an extra 200 meters longer than a standard Harrower. With its extra length more turbo batteries where added along with more transport ships and crew space.


    This was the Mandalorians strongest ship at the moment. Jack of course had other ideas in the process of being completely but he would not show those cards just yet. The group watch as an army of 9,000 entered the ships hull with 15 armored vehicle companies following behind them. As Jack lead the group through the crowd. Every solider that spotted Jack stopped what they had been doing and brought there hand to their chest in traditional Mandalorian style.


    The queen grew visibly excited as did her guards and handmaids. It was looking more and more like the decision to ally with the Mandalorians was one of her best decisions she had made during her rule. Making their way into the heart of the ship. The Queen spotted atles 80 Liberator class fighters not that she would know what type of ship it was locked down in the main hangar bay. Along with many Mandalorians locking down gear and supplies.


    Making their way to the bridge Jack was quick surrounded by the bridge staff giving him an update on all the system. After confirming that all systems were green Jack ordered the ship into orbit. Slowly all of the engines on the newly minted ship came to life, and with the help of external booster rockets help lift the massive ship in to the sky.


    Wasting no time the ship rocket out of the atmosphere and made it''s way to the edge of the star system before making the jump into hyperspace. At this point even Though the Queen was impressed with the technology the Mandalorians had she was not too sure if only one ship would help her take back her planet.


    As though he could read her mind Jack simply told her to wait a few hours and they would begin the battle planning. So slightly defeat the queen could only wait. Fortunately she did not have to wait long as the ship dropped out of hyperspace into the remaining fleet of the Mandalorian. 15 other Harrower class Dreadnought awaited him and the others in space.


    Turing just in time to see the change on the Queens face, "My friend we have been watching the Trade Federation for a long time we knew they were going to attack a world we just weren''t sure which one so I had my fleet shadow them. Once we confirm that they attack a planet without justification we would destroy them. Have no fear a plan has already been created all you need to do it watch the fire works."


    After establishing contact with the 15 ship captain Jack was show the first effect of his change in the time line. Jack was sure Palpatine would informed the Trade Federation that they would soon be attacked by an unknown force. In the movie their was only one Lucrehulk-class Droid Control Ship  however now their where five. Just one Lucrehulk could house 1,500 droid fighters, 1,500 troop transports, 6,250 assault tanks, and 139,000 battle droids.


    Fortunately the four new Control ships had just entered the system and had not started ed to land ships Otherwise it would take more than half of Jack''s standing army to deal with the numbers. This realization gave Jack an idea that he would explore after. The plan would be for the fleet to engage the droid ships while a small team would infuriate and capture the Viceroy before he could escape. While the fleet was engaged in space troops would land in the field near the capital city to draw out the forces that occupied it.


    Jack would lead his elite troops the super commandos or as the earthlings like to call them the Spartans and two of the jedi mainly Qui-Gon and Obi-Wan with them to the capital along with one very instant handmaid. Padma would not take no for an answer and she used the agreement that Jack was allowing Anakin to come so she did not understand why she could not.


    Never mind the fact that Anakin was a trained warrior he knew she need to atlest be on the planet maybe they could meet the Gungan people and get them to fight with the Mandalorians on the surface. Though he had been surprised by the lack of one Jar Jar Binks he firgured something else had changed due to his interference.


    With every thing settled Jack called for general quarters and had everyone prepare to jump in to an active combat zone. This would be Earth''s first Fleet battle and though they have practiced in simulations that was just practice and this was the real deal. Only true warriors are forged though the fires of battle and the forge was hot and ready.

 30 On the Wings of War

    The silence of space can be a turn a strong man weak and a weak man insane. However for creatures who have mastered space it just Tuesday. That was what was running through the mind of Commander Hex Matia. The Neimoidian up to this point had had an easy life his father''s money had bought his his place in the military early.


    During his time like any good Neimoidian He lied cheated, and blackmailed his way through the ranks. He now only sat one rank away from the rank of Viceroy. The only thing that was in his way was this tiny mud ball planet named Naboo. As one of the many staff members of this droid control ship. It had been his idea to delay the troops from landing to save the Federation hundreds of thousands of credits in power saved.


    He was sure this would stick out when the quarterly review of this invasion was read. That would be just enough to get him in the running for the Viceroy rank. Sure they had recieved an early warning about another fleet coming to try and free the people of Naboo. However the largest fleet that belonged to anyone in this sector of space was the Hutt cartels and it''s not like the Republic or the Queen of Naboo could trust them even if they hired them.


    No more than likely it would be a bunch of free lance pilots who would try and take down the control ship. So in response the Federation pulled 4 Lucrehulk-class off of their shake down runs to help shore up the blockade of this mud ball.


    Still he couldn''t help but won.....


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Hex never got to finish his thoughts as six advanced ion torpedoes slammed into crew quarters on the control ship. Hex ship had been on the for front and out of position when Jack''s fleet jumped into the system. Seconds later the Lucrehulk was inflames as the focus fire of 15 Harrower class ship melted the armor on the ship like butter. They had jumped in so quickly that the enemy didn''t have time to rise it shields. So just like that 10 into the battle and the enemy had already lost and important capital ship.


    Massive rails and a tube had been added. Thanks to the preparation done before they jumped into the battle the power building up took seconds. Then with out a sound 14 massive sabot bolts flew through space. Each ship getting 3 bolts aimed with the closest ship getting an extra one were completely unaware of what they had been targeted with.


    Under normal circumstances with their shields raised such objects would have no effect whatsoever on a ship that large. This however was anything but normal times. The metal used to create those Sabots was a special compound created to completely bypass shields. Add to the fact that there was no friction in space which allowed for speeds to increase at an exponential rate.


    By the time the Neimoidians on the closest ship heard the proximity alarm massive holes had torn throughout the ship. One of the Sabots hit the main fusion reactor causing the ship to instantly implode. One minute into the battle and the Federation had lost two ships in the blink of an eye. It was lucky that the recharge time it would be for the MAC guns in Jack''s fleet was 20 mins other wise he would have just sat back and hammered this fleet into oblivion.


    The other three control ship survived with minimal damage do to them being farther out which gave them more time to move. The Federation fully understanding that were out ranged lunched all fighter they had at the incoming fleet. 4,500 droid fighters screamed towards Jack''s fleet. In response Jack''s fleet unleashed all of it''s fighters totaling 1,425. Jack''s fleet was out gunned three to one in terms of fighters but Jack''s fighters where more technology advance then anything the Trade Federation had at this point in history.


    The Mandalorian fighter where atlest 5 times faster then the droid fighters. Add with the fact that every ship was shielded the droids where in for a beating. As the fleet battle begain to pick up Jack''s flag ship broke off and headed for the planet. Just as they where passing over head of where the Capital of Naboo was. 4 Republic transport ships launched out of the bottom hanger. It had been done in such a was that the enemy fleet had no knowledge of it.


    As soon as Jack''s Flag ship returned to position the other 14 ship started to launch their transport ships at the planet, and thus the second phase of the battle had begun. Jack and his Spartans were silent though the ride. Each and everyone of them had been augmented by the super solider process. Next to his own Demon Dogs these were the Mandalorians strongest soldiers. Jack made sure to only bring 50 of these Spartana no need to show his hand to the enemy he did however bring the whole of Demon Dogs. Each in their old republic sith like armor. Gone was the heavy armor of standard Mandalorians.


    They had fully embraced their force user personas. Their looks had unsettled the four jedi with them. Shaak Ti had asked why they were dressed like that at one point. Jack had simply pointed out they where heading into war what good would robes do them in such a fight.


    This caused the Master Jedi to in turn look at her fellow jedi and sighed understand that they were indeed vastly underdressed. Lucky for them there had been extra armor on the transport which Jack gave to them without much hesitation. Shaak Ti had been a bit hesitant to take things from the man, but Jack told her it would be a shame if such a beautiful woman such as her were to get hurt simply because she was not properly dressed. Shaak Ti turned a visibly shade of purple from his statement.


    She quickly took the armor and took her padawan to the back to change. Not really understand how to deal with the young Mandalorian. Jack laughed as she quickly ran away, but then refocused on the task at hand. Jack had his transport land near the hiding place of the Gungans Not that the Queen''s Forces knew this.


    Meanwhile the rest of the Mandalorian troops entered the planets atmosphere and begain stepping up their LZ. Hundreds of troop transport flooded the field as Mandalorians solider and heavy vehicles got into formation awaiting the arrival of the droid army. They did not have to wait long as probe droids peeked over the horizon before darting back to Theed


    The troops knew it was only a matter of time now before they would show their faces.


    Back with Jack and his crew the slowly made their way into the edge of the jungle just south of the battlefield. In that jungle Jack came face to face with the Gungan tribe of Naboo. They did not look to happy to see these new comers entering their holy place.


    The leader of the Gungans made that thought quite clear very quickly too, "Wassa You thinks youas doing in thiss holys places, You people of the Nabooss." Though he was not even sure why Jack was still a bit taken back by the way the Gungans spoke. He decided to take the back sit on the negotiating between these two peoples. The entire thing played out like just in the movie.


    With both sides coming to an agreement and the Gungan chief calling for his armies to reinforce Jack''s army in the plain. The Big boss told Jack to inform his troops of the reinforcements as they would only take a hour to get to the battlefield. As it turns out the Gungans had been preforming hit and run tactics on the invading droid army almost as soon as they had begun landing troops. This forced most of the droids to stay inside of the cities on the planet.


    Jack''s opinion of the native creatures grew by a sizable amount. He could respect any creatures that could and would put up a fight against unbelievable odds. We everything sorted Kack and his group 78 people then broke into two groups of 39 people. They would attack the palace from two sides and sweep the building until the capture the Viceroy.


    After returning to the transport each group was quickly shuffled to their drop points, and the final stage of the operation had begun. Returning to the Mandalorians on the field at the moment. They had just finished up deploying fortification on the plane to provide cover from long range bombardments, as well as give cover to the troops.


    Lucky for them they managed to finish up just in time to see the droid transport vehicles come rolling over the hill. Though the space battle was still raging over head the Trade Federation was still able to launch some of their troop transport to the surface of the planet. They had been however quickly targeted by the Mandalorian fighters and many did not make it.


    So as it stood ruffle 110,000 Mandalorians stood against 400,000 droids. The odds where not in the Mandalorians favor as far as the numbers go. However the biggest factor that would play into this fight would be who had air support, and as it stood only the Mandalorians could afford to have any.


    The Transport vehicles slowly rolled into range of the Mandalorian artillery batteries. The Mandalorian commander didn''t know if they were mad or stupid but he wouldn''t look a gift horse in the mouth. So they opened fire on the transports. For whatever reason the droids had not been expecting this as many of the transports try to retreat as soon as the first few transports had been destroyed. Unfortunately because of how packed their ranks had been they were not able to back up properly.


    And so the first 20 transport vehicles of the droid force were destroyed without issue marking the start of the ground battle. As the ground battle got under way Jack and the others made it into the palace undetected their was still atlest one company of droids still in the capital so stealth was their friend at the moment.


    Clear each room they narrow down the Viceroy location to the center of the palace. Both groups converge in the main hall way before making their way to the throne room. Things had been going smoothly up to this point. Jack knew that it was likely to change so he had the 50 Spartans and 20 Demon Dogs hold the man hall way as he was sure that the moment a fight broke out all of the droids remaining in the city would swarm this position.


    Until the Viceroy was captured or the control ship destroyed they would have to keep fighting against this unbelievable odds. Jack had Anakin take Padma who had reviled at this point that she was the true queen into one of the many safe rooms. To protect them both from any of the major fight that was about to take place.


    After giving one a moment to calm down and focus Jack the jedi and his two friends force pushed the doors open into the throne room. A few droids had been behind the door before it had been blasted off its hinges. The blast startled Viceroy Gunray and his staff, but not the mysterious group of hooded figures.


    At this point knew the timeline had differently been changed so most of the knowledge he knew about the future was almost useless at this point. He would deal with it another time as these hood figures gave Jack a bad feeling. They were strong in the force he could feel it from here. They were not strong than Jack, Trish and Keith, but they would give his new jedi friends a run for their money.


    One of the hooded figures took off their cloak revealing to be Darth Maul which was no surprise. The other ten figures turned out to be Nightsisters.


    This was unexpected but still something that could managed. For Jack it seems like a trip to Dathomir was in his future. No one spoke as both sides could feel the rising battle approaching.

 31 House of Change

    "The last time we met I told you I would kill you if we meet again. Did you take my words for a joke." Jack spoke as he stared down the sith in front of him. Darth Maul visibly shuddered from Jack''s speech but if he had been afraid it was not shown on his face.


    "Your words are jokes you jedi filth. You and all of your kind will finally be destroyed and the sith will rule the galaxy they it was meant to be." Maul felt no no more need for words as he removed his lightsaber and ignited it. Jack did the same in kinda being out number two to one was never really good odds. He had thought to call for reinforcements, they however at the moment preoccupied with a dream of droids attacking the main hallway.


    Turing to his current companions Jack could only sigh," It looks like it''s just us I will take on two plus the nasty horned one can you lot handle the other 7 together?" Qui-Gon and Shaak Ti both nodded yes then walked besides Jack and lite their own lightsaber. Following by Obi-Wan and Fe Sun following their Masters.


    Luckily the Nightsisters had only be armed with electrostaffs and not lightsaber. Not to say that the staffs weren''t dangerous, it''s just a bit easier to manage. Jack ready his sabers drawing in to enhance Echani form. Not feeling like taking the backseat in this engagement Jack force push Maul and two others to the far side of the room, and took off after them.


    Jack''s attack signal the start of the battle as the others rushed their opponents in what would be the last engagement of this war. Meanwhile in space the fleet battled rages on. Droid and Mandalorian fighter dance around each in deadly games of chicken. Though they had been out number three to one the Mandalorians had not been on the losing end of the starfighter battle.


    They had even managed to land a few bomber runs on one of the control ships. Lucrehulk-class ships to the best of their ability was using the planet for cover forcing Jack fleet to have to draw closer and closer to them. Which allowed a major of their fighters the ability to attack the capital ships. If things continue in this fashion it would not be long until the first Harrower class Dreadnought was destroyed by what would essentially be a swarm of bees.


    Though things in space had been working out quite while the ground battle had been something else entirely. 400,000 driod no matter who you were is not anything that can be taken lightly. And though the Mandalorians had deploy cover in some instances it was not enough. With the number of droids on the battle the Mandalorians were quickly becoming surrounded on all sides. The Mandalorian Canderous assault tanks fired non stop taking out hundreds of droids and yet they still seemed never ending.


    Loses for the Mandalorians started to pill up. Lucky for them they still air orbital support. The bombing runs and orbital bombardments were all that stopped the ground forces from complete destruction.During the desperate plight of the ground forces battle. The Battle inside the throne room was raising to a climax.


    Jack and Maul continued their dance of death. The two Nightsisters tried their best to provide support but it took everything in them just to stay alive theirselves. Thanks to Revan''s teaching Jack could attack using whatever lightsaber or combat form that fit the situation. Switching in to form V Jack pressed his attack.


    Force pushing both Maul and one of the Nightsisters back. Before preforming an over head strike with both his lightsaber on the Nightsisters he had avoided using the force on. She desperately tried to keep her life as she managed to deflect the first blow however slowed one of his arms in the strike. Tricking the sister in to believing he had struck her with both sabers when in fact only one had. In that brief second of time when the Nightsister dropped her guard Jack bisect her from the waist.


    She didn''t understand what had happened as her world grew smaller and smaller. Even as death crawled it''s way to her she never understood why. Her sister saw her death and flew into a blind rage striking at Jack with every she had. Only for the man to deflect most strike and even out right dodging others.


    She attempt to stab Jack in his gut with the staff only for Jack to spin by it with millimeters to spare. During his spin one of his saber spun right between her neck and head. Sliceing it right off. Jack had at this full conference in he fight against Maul at this point. When they had fought before Jack had overwhelmed all of his defense and he hadn''t even been really trying.


    Maul new this too which is why he deactivated his lightsaber and started laughing and pointed behind Jack," Well new isn''t this an interesting outcome. You could continue to fight me to which you would kill me eventually. Or you could let me go and save your friends." Following where Maul had pointed Jack saw the jedi struggling in their fight.


    The two padawan''s had it the worst as their lightsaber combat skill left much to be desired. Jack crused took one look at Maul then force grabbed him and pulled him into the air. Before he could process what was happening Jack through his lightsaber bisecting him just like in the movies by the waist. Jack then force pushed the remains out the of the room through a back wall.


    That caused a small explosion which redirected the attention of everyone fighting. Jack took this opportunity to use a massive area force choke on all the remaining Nightsisters. They all rose off the ground griping their neck as they gasped for air. Soon each of them passed out from a lack of oxygen and Jack dropped them to the ground. With that the battle inside the throne room had come to an end.


    Viceroy Gunray had however in all of the confusion taking this chance to escape but he had left behind his staff. One of his staff had access to the command codes for the droids in the city and they shut them down in exchange for their life. With that the Jedi black ops mission had come to an end.


    With one ground battle over the space battle was quickly drawing to a close as Sharia had moved the fleet in a position at which they surrounded the driod fleet from all sides. Recalling all of their remaining fighters back to the ships. The droid fighters took this as a sign of retreat and tried to swarm the Harrower capital ships.


    Unfortunately for the droids the MAC guns had finally finished charging and 15 sabots ripped through anything in their way like a laser through space. The last three control ships had no chance as just like the sister ships before them they had no way to deal with the silent bolts that flew at a fraction of the speed of light. As the three ships imploded all the remaining droid fighters stopped all functions and floated dead in space.


    At the same time all of the droids forces across the planet stopped all functions. With that the battle for Naboo was over. The planet had been take back, but not with out cost. 23,000 Mandalorians lives had been lost in total this had been the planets second best lost since they entered the galactic society. Though the republic had said they would pay for the lose of men in this battle it still left a bad taste in Jack''s mouth.


    If the republic didn''t get its act together in the next ten years then it might be Jack and the Mandalorians who start a war with the Republic and not the CIS.The clean up of the battle was a relatively short affair. Padma and the Queen''s council had their hands full arranging funerals for the fallen and accounting for the missing. Though it saddened Anakin a bit Jack promised to bring him back to visit the girl.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    After contacting the Chancellor and informing him of the completion of his mission as well as the fact he managed to capture a few cheft offenders. The Chancellor had thanked him for his service to the Republic and apologized at the same time for the losses of so many of his men.


    The chat with the Chancellor for Jack had been going well. This was not the case for Shaak Ti and Qui-Gon as they told the jedi council what had transpire here on Naboo. It was all but confirmed that something was moving behind the scenes and they jedi no longer had the power to see it. When the conversation eventually turned to Jack and his Mandalorians both masters had a strang look to them.


    Jack had in good faith allowed them to see things that he would have never allowed outsiders to witness. They did not want to betray his trust so instead they both simply told the council they would be sending a report about the situation with the Mand''lor and his troops.


    Though the battle had ended there still remained a group slaking in the shadow of Theeds. Two early prototype commando droids dug through rumble near the palace where Jack had shot Maul out off using the force. The two droids eventually find the mangled and broken body of the would be sith apprentice. Some how against all odds he was still alive. The brought the body to a private hangar owned by Palpatine and shipped to sith off world to a sercet location to be repaired and redesigned.


    The Sith knew that round one went to the Republic but they would lay low at lest for the next few years to set up a new plan one that factored in this new force as they might be an even bigger threat than the current Republic.


    Six months have gone by since the battle of Naboo and during this six months Jack had been mulling over a problem he discovered from this last major battle. As strong as his Mandalorians were their were just too few of them, and with the fact that Palpatine was not chancellor he had no reason to prepare the Republic for the up coming war. So he would need to be the one to go to the cloners on Kamino and commission for the creation of the GRA.


    The issue he was running into was should he even use Jango Fett in the first place, and though the clones would be getting conditioning it would not be to the extent of the movies are TV show. Instead he would be giving them the full Mandalorian history an culture lesson along with true military tactics and understanding. While fighting off the massive headache that was being in his head. Jack''s office door slide open as a regular uninvited guest showed back up.


    Since the jedi outpost had been completely a few months ago Shaak Ti had taken it upon herself to find out as much as she could about who was Jack''s master, where did they find the plans to build most of the Mandalorian forces, and ultimately why he had should a pessimist view about the jedi council and order. Though the constant interrogation had wore on Jack''s nerves he had still enjoyed her company a great deal so it had been a fair trade off.


    This time however something felt off,"Shaak Ti what can I do for you today....wait is something the matter?" She took a long look at Jack and sighed, "I have left the jedi council...we had...disagreements on you and your people so I took this opportunity to step out of the position. No need to spy on you anymore am just a normal jedi now."

 32 Time between

    Jack raised his eyebrow," Run that by me again...you left the council right not the jedi as an whole but just the council?" Shaak Ti smiled at Jack''s reaction," Yes just the council. With the rules you had put in place most new jedi that come here simply interact with the locals. Some try and make the occasional attempt to get one of the force sensitive in the schools to join the jedi but they all turn it down. I so far have been the only one here that has seen your military strength and I don''t feel the need to share your secrets with people you have not seen fit to do so yourself."


    This had raised the already high opinion of the girl that Jack had to an even higher degree. " I see well thank you for your trust. I will repay it soon but, I can tell that''s not why you came is it." Shaak Ti pouted a bit," I can''t believe you forgot we were supposed to have lunch you told me you have teaching of the old republic jedi that I could read."


    Jack froze as his eyes slowly looked to the clock on his desk. Their meeting wasn''t until 12:00 p.m. and the clock clearly showed 1:35 pm. ''Aw crap am dead'', was all Jack thought as he showed the impatience woman a wary smile. " I did not forget I just got behind on paper work I swear...look I will make it up to you honest...hey what are you doing with that book...come on we can talk about this right ...please not in the face!"


    Though Jack was swamped with problems this had not taken away from other times he wish to persuade. Jack had taken Anakin to Naboo alot during this last 6 months. It had gotten to the point where he had his mother sent to the planet for the rest of the year so he didn''t have to keep taking the boy himself. His mother had been thankful for the trip having spent the better part of the last year stuck at home.


    However with both his mother and brother gone for what remains of the year Jack''s home had been empty. Atlest until the jedi master had discovered that he had an ancient jedi text gifted to him from Revan stashed away in his home. From that point she had spent the last 3 months locked in his home going over every piece of knowledge she could find.


    This had been what caused the fallout between her and the other council members. The knowledge Jack had was dangerous in the wrong hands however the teachings could help strengthen the jedi. When she had mentioned this to the council they had dismissed it calling it dark jedi teachings and told her to focus on discovering the source of the Mandalorians technology. That had been the straw as it made no sense to antagonize an ally just so you could know some information they where keeping hidden.


    Of course Shaak Ti would never tell Jack this however the man has a big enough head already. Besides the unpleasantness of dealing with council Shaak Ti and the other jedi who came to Earth enjoyed their time there. However when they interacted with the locals many had begun to question the nature of the jedi order based on the simple questions that the locals had asked them.


    If the jedi stayed here any longer then she had no doubt that many from the order would simply leave. The council would have to deal with this issue at some point but seeing how she was no longer one of its members she felt no need to inform them. Right now the only then she was concerning herself with at the moment was this strange human in front of her.


    Over these last few months she had been spending a large amount of time together with him. Even to the point of staying in his residence. She didn''t really know how to feel. Ever since Sun Fe and Obi-Wan completed the trails and became jedi knights. She and Qui-Gon had an abundant amounts of free time.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    They both knew the council would no longer give them any new padawans to training. So maybe she felt lonely an emotion that as a Jedi Master she was not suppose to have, but being around this human she could feel emotions that should have been long locked away. It was scary and yet exciting all at the same time.


    Jack and Shaak Ti spent the better part of the evening together. Jack felt a strang sort of completeness when he was with Shaak Ti. Which he knew he had to savor due to what was to come.


    After a couple more months just before Anakin and Shmi were sent to come Jack Sharia, and a not so cooperative Jango Fett headed off to Kamino to meet with the cloners the Kaminoans. After peaking with his Master Revan. Jack had decided it was best to try and persevere as much of the time line atlest for the moment. Keep the clone army base off of Jango Fett was the best course of action.


    The problem had come with tracking down the bounty hunter. At the time he had been working with the Deathwatch who after a surprising turn of events lost power on Mandlor and had been replaced by a more pacifist government. Many of the Deathwatch had been labeled terrorist and where now on the run.


    Jango had at first believed I had brought Sharia here to get revenge for pushing out her clan. Which had caused the man to try and run from the Jack. Jack wasn''t have any of it as he and Shaak Ti had been getting really close and he wanted to finish this whole thing in a timely manner.


    So Jack had force grabbed the man and slammed him into the ground with enough force to knock him out. It was until they had been in space about to jump to hyperspace that the man woke up and demanded to know what they wanted from him. Sharia explained that they wanted to use the man''s DNA to create a clone army.


    In true bounty hunters fashion Jango said no. That is until Jack negotiated a large price with him, and the promise to allow him to keep one of the clones. Which brings us to the now as the three are greated by one of the Kaminoan scientists on the landing platform form.


    "Greeting star travels I am Kaneo Seve to what do we owe the pleasure of your visit." The large Kaminoan spoke with elegant voice like a practiced salesman or woman. Jack knowing this whole thing would kill the planets economic atlest until trade was established begain his speech," I am in need of an army, and I heard this was the best place to get it."


    Seve nodded, "That is correct sir we can create for you the greatest army known to the galaxy. If you would like to tour the facility I can show you some examples." The group made their way inside as Seve gave them a rundown on what the Kaminoan could provide Jack. At first the most the Kaminoan was willing to give Jack was about 100,000 clone troops.


    Their reasoning was that a mercenary had no need of an army larger than this. It wasn''t until Jack had mentioned that he was a force user who was allied with the jedi order that things had turn around. After an intense round of negotiations Jack agreed to fund the order of 5 million clones. He had also agreed to having some of the 20 Demon Dogs give their DNA so the Kaminoan could try and clone force users but the clone would be given to who ever gave their DNA.


    Jango had also agreed to stay to help out the Mandalorian trainers that Jack would be sending to the planet. He also requested that the Kaminoans notify him if another Jedi came to try and place an order just as large. After setting everything up Jack and Sharia left Kamino heading back to Earth.


    Jack did not need a ship company to create the GAR ships as he had the Star Forge. He had already begun the construction of the Venator-class Star Destroyers


    ,Victory-class Star Destroyers, Acclamator-class Assault ships, a larger number of corvettes and light cruisers. The creation of the ground forces had also begun the war machine on Earth had been on full swing long before Jack had made the trip to Kamino.


    Now that the time line had been persevere for the most part with only slight changes Jack knew it was time to capitalize on the time they had remaining. Jack sent messages to every member of the Demon Dogs, as well as the Force sensitive academy. They were to gather at the entrance of the Star Forge in the next two months. Some to train others to finish training.


    Jack wanted to create a new order of Force Users. Ones that follow Revan''s teaching of true balance in the force what this order would be called he had no idea yet but he hope to lay the foundation of it in the next 5 years. Jack knew he would need alot of powerful leaders in the coming war, and depending on Sharia the whole time would not cut it.


    Jack also hoped to get some of the Jedi on the planet to leave the order and join him. Though Shaak Ti tried to hide the fact that many of the jedi had been wavering and had plans to leave the jedi order. Jack had found out through other means. Not that any of it was unexpected he just assumed that at some point atlest staying with his planets force users they might have started to change their views on a few things.


    He just never it expected it to happen so fast. Still he would take what was given. After arriving back Jack planned on spending the rest of his time with the lovey Shaak Ti. He hoped maybe before he left to train he could get her to leave the jedi order that way he could bring her along with him. He was not hopeful but he still wanted to try. With these thoughts running through his head Jack made his way home only to run into a person he had not expected to see here at all. "Master Yoda...when did you arrive and what can I do for you."

 33 5 year plan

    Jack walked out on to the balcony in his office taking with him the holo com as he spoke to Shaak Ti. "What are the status of the clones. Any issues with the training or genetic modification done to them."


    Shaak Ti shuck her head no," So far everything is processing normally. The changes to their aging have settled after 5 more years they will at age 25 and should age slower than a normal human. It should give them an extra 120 years."


    Jack nodded," Its the lest we could do make sure their training also makes time for them to develop hobbies they won''t always be fighting and I am going to need them to become functioning members of society after everything is said and done."


    Shaak Ti smiled," I will see it done...when is the next time you are coming here...its lonely without you my love." Jack almost spit up the tea he had just taken a sip of," Dear this channel is monitored...we will take about it later Anakin is in his finally days of training with Master. I will call you later and tell you about, for now I have to get ready for my meeting with my little green friend."


    Shaak Ti laughed having achieved her goal before signing off. Jack sighed it had been five years since Yoda had shown up on Earth. The Jedi Master had come to Jack to inform him about a force vision he had had. One where a faction of jedi would cause the fall of the republic. He had come to Jack because in his vision it was Jack and the Mandalorians that saved what they could of the republic and created a new jedi order.


    Jack had been shocked, this had meant that the time line had changed despite the efforts he had done to try and keep it the same. With that revelation Jack saw no need to play games with Palpatine and told the jedi that the sith that had clouded the force was the man. Yoda had not been surprised as the man had disappeared right after Naboo had been freed from the Trade Federation.


    However after he left the corruption in the Senate had gotten progressively worse. It had been to the point that many planets had talked about leaving the republic. Jack warned the jedi Master that he should have the chancellor start to develop the military of the Republic and prepare for war.


    The jedi had at frist been against the whole idea saying it was not the jedi way to get involved in the inner workings of the Republic. Just as it looked like Jack would be fighting this up coming war alone with his people his Master appeared before him and Yoda.


    Yoda was silent as Revan explained the faults of this new jedi order. He also explained that unless he changed how things were more and more jedi would leave the order. That had been especially true of the jedi that had come to Earth. Once they had been exposed to what the earth Mandalorian force sensitive were learning they saw the flaws in the teachings of their order.


    The talk between them had lasted two days, and by the end of it Yoda had agreed to talk to the chancellor as well as the rest of the jedi council. Things need to change if they stood any chance of changing the vision Yoda had saw. So with the plan to meet in five years to discuss their progress the jedi had left with a renewed sense of purpose.


    Jack had his work cut out for him and over the next five years he built up all of his forces. New Mandlor as the rest of the galaxy called his world had become a major trade world. Due to the system vast mineral deposits materials flowed out of the system like water. It also helped that he had the backing of the chancellor of the republic. Who had thanks to Jack and his army secured him another term in office.


    This backing had allowed him to order another 5 million clone soldiers. Jack now had the power to contend with the soon to be formed CIS. On top of that his planet now had over 4,000 force users. With the instance of his friends Jack formed the Knights of Libra from this force users. The Libra would be the bases for the new jedi order if it happen to fall in this war.


    But not everything had been going so smooth. Jack had recently been butting heads with the Mandalorians on Mandlor quite often. They had tried on a number of occasions during the last five years to claim that they fell under the rule of the Dutchess of Mandlor. They had also tried to claim his rule as Mand''lor was illegitimate as he had not been recognized by all of their people. Jack however did not give a damn what they had to say. The truth of the matter was they only wanted control over the army Jack had created as well as the vast wealth of the system.


    None of that was going to happen so as it stood Jack was in a cold war with the Dutchess. Obi-Wan who at this point had been a friend to both the Dutchess and Jack had tried to smooth over the rising conflict between them. Jack not willing to place his friend in a bad position especially with someone he friend had taken a liking to decide he not go to war with the ignorant Mandalorians, but he had banned any of the Mandalorians loyal to the Dutchess any access to his system.


    Though things had only seemed like business and trouble things had not been all bad during these past five years. Shmi had remarried to Qui-Gon of all people. The old man had left the jedi order a few years after the battle of Naboo and had decided to settle on the planet to help the people. With Shmi and Anakin always on the planet visiting Padma the two had some how gotten together.


    Though it had been a surprise for Jack and Anakin the two brothers were happy that their mother found someone especially after everything thing she had been through. His friends Trish and Keith had gotten married to each other at some point. Neither had bothered to tell Jack. Something that he reminded them constantly over.


    Anakin and Padma relationship had started to heat up which was something that pleased Jack, atlest Luke and Lelia would be born and he had not screwed that up. As for Jack he and Shaak Ti had been together for the last four years. The jedi had left the order about two years ago. Jack had introduced his lover to his Master and she had begun to train with the test of his order soon after.


    While having these pleasant flash backs of the past Jack''s thoughts had been interpret by the sound of his office door opening. Turning to face the person Jack was not suprising by his visitors. "Master Yoda , Master Windu on time as always, shall we begin."


    With things going right for Jack and his Mandalorians things for Sidious had been going anything but good. The Dark lord of the Sith was forced to leave Republic space the moment he lost his bid for Chancellor of The republic. He need a new plan, and with his current apprentice out of commission he was not short any extra help. He had started to gather all of the planets that had been "wronged" by policies he had help craft while he was in the Senate.


    Even if he could not control the war that was about to happen he would still use the chaos to rise to power. He had begun corrupting any forces users that he found. They would not be sith but they could still be used as pawns. His greatest help had come in the form of Count Dooku. The man lusted for knowledge and Sidious used that to star turing the man to his cause. If Maul did not recover he would atlest have a backup apprentice.


    His biggest problem however had come from the leader of the new Mandalorians. This Jack Skywalker, the man had become a problem on a galactic scale. His planet had become a major trading hub in the galaxy, and try as he might he could not get any spies into the system. Hell as far as he knew not even the Hutts or Blacksuns had been able to enter they system. The whole system had become a no man''s land for any who did not have permission to be there.


    The other plan he had to try and create a clone army for the republic that he could then control had also be lost. When he had tried to have the army commission under the order of protecting the republic from danger. He had been informed that an army such as that had already been commissioned and the Kaminoans were not taking any other orders at this time. If it had not been for paying the Bounty Hunters Jango Fett a huge amount he would have never even found out that it had been Jack that commission the army.


    Sidious had then tried to bribe the Bounty hunters to work for him, but the man had told him no as he was already under contract and would not betray his client. It didnt help that a Jedi Master had be station on the planet already so any attempts to try and damage the process with stealth went out the window.


    Sidious could only hope that the Droid army that the CIS was creating would be enough to cripple the republic. Over all the Sith Lord was not have a great last couple of years. The only good news he had was that the Nightsisters had agreed to join his cause so now he had the galaxy''s strongest dark force users on side. They would do atlest until their purpose had been fulfilled. He would have to eliminate them after he secured his rule. They would be a threat that needed to be curved. He also learned recently that the new Mandalorians and the old had some sort of animosity between them.


    If he could play his cards right he might have another group of pawns to use in this war. That''s not mentioning the rumor he heard about a possible spilt in the jedi order. Through these last five years had been bad for him. It started to look as though his luck was turning. Sidious however did not let this go to his head. He knew war was fast approaching and he had much to do to ensure that the Sith came out on top during the chaos. Then revenge would belong to him, a smile slide across his face at the thought of this. Soon the galaxy would welcome the sith once again thought the sith lord...

 34 The plan

    The meeting with the two Jedi Masters had been productive. It had taken some convincing but Yoda had gotten the Senate to start the process of recruiting a standing army, and not just a defense fleet. Windu in the other hand had been tasked to find a teacher that could teach military lessons to the jedi order.


    He had at frist not wanted anything to do with the idea, but after explaining how it was a strong possibility that the Senate would want the jedi to lead the army of the republic. He slowly saw the consequences if jedi were made to be generals but had no knowledge of warfare. Though he was sure that many Master would pick up command he was not sure how many lives would be lost until they had learned.


    So the jedi Master had come to Jack in the Hope''s that he could send a teacher back to Coruscant to teach at the temple. Jack did not see it as a problem so he readily agreed. Jack had then informed the jedi of information that his spies had discovered. It had turned out that the Trade Federation, Banking Clan, Techno Union, Commerce Guild, and Corporate Alliance had all joined together and had been secretly building up arms against the republic. Though on the surface they had been playing at being good members of the Senate.


    Jack suspected that they would announce their departure from the Republic some time in the near future. Though it had shocked the jedi at first they had long grown used to Jack''s surprises. They discuss the steps they would need to take if the separates decided to leave on a violent note to kick off the war.


    The last thing thing they talked about was the spilt that had started to develop in the jedi order. At first the master did not want to have a discussion over the topic, however Jack told them how if they did not broach the subject then the consequences that come with it would be on his generation of council members. That had caused both masters to sigh and tell Jack about the who of the situation.


    "Some in the order believe that we are over stepping our bounds." Master Windu stated plainly. " The feel that the jedi have no business in policy or training for war, or any of the actions we have taken so far." The man added. Yoda spoke next saying,"Fear they have, of the darkside taking the jedi. Resist the change they will, force others to act."


    Jack said nothing as the two said their piece. Once they finished he gave his opinion," Why try and stop the leave in the first place." Windu shifted uncomfortably in his chair,"What do you mean by that. We have never forced any person to stay in the jedi order. In fact we have allowe... "


    Both Masters sharply inhaled, they had never thought about the situation like that before. They themselves had been molded in to the jedi they were today based on that exact same system. If they had been put into a position where they did not agree with the way the temple was going yes they could leave, but where would they go. No of the jedi who had thought about leaving had any real place to go.


    It was no wonder when most jedi left it had been under tragic circumstances. Windu stared at Jack,"What should we do then...its not like we can make up for all the things done to them, and most of the ones that want to leave are the jedi that do not strictly ahear to the practice of suppressing their emotions. In truth for the jedi that want to stay we can''t allow these jedi to remain in the temple''s care."


    Jack looked at Yoda,"Do you believe the same Master Yoda?" Yoda only nodded, as much as it pained him he knew that the two jedi groups couldn''t stay together it would cause too many problems that they could not afford to have at the moment.


    Jack sighed,"....I supposed you can bring them here then...weather they stay or not will be up to them, however atlest here they can have a chance to start a new life or join my order of force users." The two jedi eyes grew big,"You have an order of force users! You never mentioned any of that before! We need to.."


    Jack cut off Windu,"No. The way we teach our order is completely different then how you teach your jedi, and frankly based on how you both have decided to push out the jedi that do not adhere to your ideas. I don''t want you in involved with my order. Oh and the reason you know nothing about it was because it was a recent thing so no need to get upset about."


    Jack could see they want to speak more about this topic, but he was having no of it. They had been talking a little over three hours and he had many other issues to deal with before he could rest. Sitting their a debating with his order of force users should exist had never been on his list of things to worry about. Yoda had asked Jack about how Shaak Ti was doing on his way out. This had caused Jack to think about how it had been the fault of these two and the rest of the council. That Had caused her to leave in the first place.


    Having his mood so disrupted Jack stood up and told the jedi he had to get back to work as they had long over used the time he had allowed for the meeting. Reluctantly both Jedi eventually left, and quite return to Jack''s offices. Jack could tell he had particularly hurt Yoda by not answering his question but if the old jedi wanted to find out how Shaak Ti was he could always call her himself.


    Grabbing his holo com Jack called Shaak Ti and her firgure came to life moments later," So I think am coming to you sooner rather than later we have much to talk about." Shaak Ti smiled broadly she didn''t care so much that business was forcing Jack to early. She had only said that we had to come to her early so that''s all that matter to her. Jack could tell what that glint in her eye meant and visibly gulped. He knew exactly what he was in for the moment he reached Kamino.


    A few days after the meeting with the jedi Jack found himself entering the atmosphere on Kamino. The planet defense had been greatly boosted in like the movies where the Republic had left the planet all but defenseless save for a space station and small defense fleet. Jack and his military advisers were not so naive to think that just because few knew of the planet did not mean if war broke out that it would not be targeted.


    So to prepare the planet in case the war was ever brought her the Mandalorians had constructed a planetary shield that would deploy in an emergency situation. The shield has enough power to last for four days. Which would be more than enough time for a massive fleet from New Mandlor to arrive and beat back any invaders.


    This was not the only defensive device that was built in the space. Long range sensors which could detect ships three star systems away as well as a mine field had been added to the space. Making Kaminoan a death trap for anyone to enter if they were not welcome.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Jack''s ship found it''s way to a landing pad near the one of the main structures on the water plant. Shaak Ti had already been alerted to his presence the moments he entered the system. So it came as no surprise when he saw her waiting near the entrance of the building by the pad with a toothy grin across her face.


    Jack had made it 10 feet from his craft before she launched her self full force at him. Jack had to use the force to stop the Shaak Ti shaped missile from impacting him to hard. Some how he managed to stay standing as Shaak ti let all of her weight bear on to Jack in their embrace.


    It was in this moment that Jack had come to love Shaak Ti. She in the beginning ran from all forms of emotional attachment. It was not until she left the order that she had slow opened up to facing all of her emotions. To Jack Shaak Ti acting on how she felt at the moment was the best version of herself, and the version he had come to love. Even if it was a bit childish at times.


    On que as if she he was thinking something rude. As she was hugging Jack she pinched his side causing the hardened Mandalorian to yelp like a school girl. "What did I do to deserve that you bully." Shaak Ti narrow her eyes like a predator cat on earth. "You were thinking something rude, and do try and lie and say you weren''t."


    Jack sighed deeply before he simply picked her up princess carry and kissed her deeply. "You know you only get away the this things because you are cute. You do know that right?" This cause the girl to laugh at out loud as she quickly snuggled in Jack''s embrace as he entered the building.


    Though Jack knew he had things that need to be taken care of. They could wait the three or four hours it would take for him to passive his lover. They had been away from each other for longer than either would have liked, but do to Sidious trying to plant spies on the planet they had no choice but to station a Master on the planet as well as a constant fleet in space.

 35 True Lord of the Force

    Having satiated Shaak Ti lust for the night Jack left the weary jedi in the room she had been staying in as he headed to speak to the lead Kaminoan technician that had been developing the clone army for the Mandalorians.


    The leader of the Kaminoans had been different from the movies and books. Instead of the Prime minister Lama Su the current leader had been a female Kaminoan by the name of Furor Sa. This had puzzled Jack until he discovered that in the election leading to the selection of the Prime minister Lama Su had been found guilty of corruption and taking money from the Banking Clan.


    Sidious had more than likely help the man become the leader of this people with the promise of installing the inhibitory chips in the clones that would cause them to turn on the jedi. Without Sidious interference Lama had been exposed and quickly arrested. Jack quickly shelved this thoughts as Prime minister Sa made her way to greet him." Greetings Mand''lor I hope you bring with you good tidings and pleasant news as always." Jack perform a traditional Mandalorian salute and returned her greeting.


    "Prime Minister I have come to inspect the troops as well as to see how the next phase in the army is coming along." As the walked into the main facility Jack was greeted with a view that would have caused old Sidious pause if he only knew. Unlike the movies and books Jack had on restrictions on how much funding he could provide the Kaminoans for the clone troops.


    As such instead of the 1.2 million troops that had been first deployed at the start of the War Jack had commissioned 5.6 million clones. The new Mandalorians system had grown into one of the main trading hubs for the galaxy as such the wealth that had been collected had almost dwarfed the core world total income. It had also helped that the people of old Earth were very aware what was to come so support for preparing for the war was at an all time high.


    As such Jack and the other clan leaders felt no need to wait for things to get as bad has they had been in the movies to commission for more clones. They also had the benefit of the Star Forge to create weapons and armor for the clones which had lessened the burden for the Kaminoans. So all the planet had to do was make the clones and house them for the time being. Everything else was proved by the Mandalorians.


    Something else Jack had done that was different than the movies was provided the Kaminoan with a wide range of DNA to clone instead of one source. This would insure that the clones would have their own personality as well as own thought processes. This made for a better soldiers then the standard cookie cutter clones that had been normally produced. Though Jack had still hired Jango Fett as one of the donors and trainers, but he could not be completely sure of the man''s loyalty.


    So it was best just to keep his role as small as possible. Jack stopped to look at some of the clone juveniles looking at combat data and vids. "Have the new shipment of weapons and vehicles arrived yet, and what is our funding looking like you know I never want to let that get too low." Sa chuckle," all the shipments have been arriving ahead of schedule, and the funds we have right now are more the sufficient. If anything I am more worried that we won''t be doing any more business after this as your people have been most profitable for my own."


    This statement caused a smile to spread across Jack''s face as well, "No need to worry about that my friend in fact one of the reason I have come here today was to set up a permanent trade agreement between our peoples. I want to fund a facility that will complete dedicated to producing my troops that way you will be able to take orders from new clients while still working with us."


    "Well my friend that is a surprise and a welcomed one at that I am sure we can come to an agreement that would more than satisfy both our people however I feel that we may stop working with any other people if we can come to a successful agreement with in the coming days." This had been what Jack had been aiming for since the beginning. Though he did not want to force the Kaminoan to stop cloning. The idea that they might use the DNA they had provided to man an army that could in theory oppose his did not sit very well with Jack.


    Thankfully the Prime Minister had foreseen that such a problem could occur had already been taking steps to nip the problem in the bud before it could even blossom. Not only had the Mandalorians been one of their most profitable clients, but the DNA they had provided could very well help enhance their people as well. If they were force to destroy the DNA after their agreement had ended it might very well cost her the seat of Prime Minister.


    So with in the first year of production she had already drawn support for the idea of total support for the Mandalorians. She had only been looking at away to broach the subject to the Mandalorian leader, but now all of her worries had been washed way as both leaders had been thinking the same thing.


    At some point they had made their way to a highly restricted part of the main facility. Sa stepped in front of Jack before speaking. Making sure that she made eye contact with the Mandalorian. "When you first approached me on this next project I was highly skeptical of its practically however have many years of planning I can say with the up most confidence that we have succeeded in every aspect. I hope you can fully understand that what is in the next room would cause most of the galaxy to invade this planet to learn of force up to give them what we have done here."


    Jack of course knew very well what was waiting for him in the next room. It had been a pet project that he had pitched to the Prime Minister at the start of the venture. Some thing he had even approached his Master to see if it was possible. At the time Revan had been just as skeptical as the Prime Minister, but as they drew closer to its completion The old lord of the Force began to feel as though his apprentice could pull it off.


    It had taken almost three years to gather all of the required DNA from across the galaxy. Hell it had been one of the main reasons for Shaak Ti being forced to leave the jedi order but in the end it had all been worth it. Jack''s excitment was building as he spoke his next words,"If it works hell forget about the simple trade agreement I will make sure no one in this galaxy will be able to touch you or your people without going through all of the Mandalorians on New Mandalor first. Open it and let''s see if all of are hard work has come to a head."


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    No more words were spoken as Sa turned to open the door. After more than a min of locks cycling the door opened to dark chamber with two cyro chambers. Inside one of the chambers was a male body connected to and oxygen and feeding tube. Anyone one of Jack personal Jedi knight would be able to recognize the male at a simple glance.


    Inside the tube in all its glory was the body of Revan true lord of the Force and right next to him was the body of the Outsider in all her glory as well. Jack had his Spartans travel the galaxy in the last 3 years to track down as much of the DNA of the two that they could find. The worst part was he could not allow anyone to truly know what they had been doing in the search of their DNA.


    In the End the biggest provider for both of their DNA had been the Ebony Hawk what had been sealed in the jedi temple on Coruscant. In the end it took Shaak Ti stealing the ship for them to come to the point they were at now. Two fully grown bodies of some of the most powerful force users in the known galax but with one thing missing from both their souls.


    Walking to the front of the chamber Jack took a meditating position and quickly began drawing one the force calling out to his Master and the Outsider.


    Like a beacon in the darkness Revan found his apprentices force signature and appeared before him. "Master it is time if this works.." Revan said nothing just nodded in appreciation for his apprentice''s hard work.


    With out a moment''s hesitation he walked into the body floating in the chamber. At first nothing happened and Jack believed they had failed, however something in the force changed in an instant. As if to welcome the return of its chosen child the force erupted in storm of power. Even Prime Minister Sa who was not force sensitive could feel the power radiating from the body in the tube.


    Slowly but surely Revan began to open his eyes as the force rippled and destroyed the chamber he had been in. Slowly floating to the ground Revan stood completely up right as he flexed his hands and arms. Then looking at his apprentices a smile began forming as he said in a voice that radiated power, "I have returned."

 36 The ties that Bind

    Jack could feel his Master power flowing like a mighty river cover all life on the planet. As if acting as the catalyst for the Outsider. She too began to awaken and like two halves of the same coin. Where Jack had felt all the force from his Master from the Outsider he felt nothing as if a void had appeared and swallowed all life in the galaxy.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    It last only a moment before she controlled her power and it receded deep inside of her. She turned to Revan before smacking him in the back of the head." Pull it back inside you fool unless you want to waste your apprentice''s hard work at keeping our revival a secret!"


    This seem to wake Revan from what ever thoughts he had as he too push his power deep inside of him self. Causing Jack to release the breath that he did not know he was holding. Taking a knee in front of his Master Jack brought his hand to his chest. "I welcome you back to the world of the living my master."


    Revan broke out in a boorish laugh as he walked up to Jack and slapped him on his back." Enough of all of that I owe you a debt that probably never can be repaid however I plan to send this test of this new life trying. We have much work to do but first...." Revan pulled Jack closer to him and whispered,"Do you mind bring us so clothes.. I dont think Ishamel has realize yet but we are starker naked and it has never gone over well when anyone but me has seen her that way."


    On que as if fate had been playing with them The Outsider or Ishamel as Revan had called her let off bloodlust that would make seasoned Mandalorians blush as her icy voice rang out into the room.


    "Oh Jack do you mind if you come her for a bit I promise it won''t be anything bad...just want to erase the last 10 or so mins from your mind. Nothing big promise it won''t hurt much." Sweath began to pour from Jack as he pounded if putting both chambers in the same room was a good idea.


    After 30 or so minutes of Revan and Ishmael getting use to their new bodies they were ready to move on to the next step. Sa had wisely left the room after Revan had come to so she was not in the room to see the Outsider come too, but had the insite to firgure if it worked for one then the other show work as well. With this success the Prime Minister knew that her world had secured permanent protection from the Mandalorians the only then left to hammer out were the exact details to their new relationship.


    Waiting in the hall way Sa was greeted by a slightly dazed Jack followed by two finely dressed firgures one male and the other female. Though she had wanted to greet them and welcome them back from the dead. The female firgure step forward to beat her to the punch. " Prime Minister I have to thank you for all of your hard work. Though I know you have much tou would like to ask me and my colleague I fear that will have to be put on hold. You and that knuckle dragger over there have things you must discuss. So let us put our talk on hold until tomorrow shall we I can promise we won''t go and run away or died early before we can satiate your curiosity."


    Sa could not help but smile at that and gave a bow before moving out of the way for the two firgures to continue down the hall. During this time Jack had been think of the best way to broach the subject of what all of this ment for the Kaminoans. They had basically done what every sith lord had been trying to do for centuries. All without the use of the force to boot.


    This made the target number one if the sercet every got out. Thanks to all of the data plugs that had been connected to both his Master and the Outsider They had captured the moment the soul returned to the body. Meaning they now knew the exact type of energy that made up a soul as well as how to put it back into a person. So quantifiable immortality in a nut shell. Not the Jack had the idea to use this for everyone but he knew that at the very lest warriors or persons that had contributed greatly to the cause would no longer have a fear of death in the line of their duty.


    Which lead to a number of possibilities as well as a number of headaches, but first the technology would need to be studied before it could be put into any practical use. As it was at the moment the only reason his Master and the Outsider had been able to come back was the fact that they were Force Ghost that had retained all of their memories and soul.


    No normal non force sensitive could do something like that so there was still alot of work that needed to be done. This still did not take away from the importance of the feet. Jack was drawn way from he thoughts as Sa had motioned for him to follow her to a near by meeting room. Though he knew both him and the Prime Minister were of the same mind she still had the duty of getting the best deal for her people. The same went for him as well, but he was highly confident that they could reach an agreement even if it costs him a pound of flesh now.


    The ends would justify the means, with that in mind the two entered what would be a long 12 hour discussion about the future of the two peoples. Meanwhile on the far side of the galaxy near the planet of Geonosis. Dark Sidious was busy with his own meeting.


    The last years for the Dark lord had been goning alot better than the other four years. He had taken control of the up and coming CIS faction as they had come to call themselves. With the help of Count Dooku who had now become the man''s apprentice and loyal servant. It was through this man that Sidious had come to learn of where this new faction of Mandalorians had come from.


    Imagine his surprise when Dooku told him that the current leaders of New Mandlor had been the planet''s native creatures that had some how gotten the upper hand on the invading Mandalorians. This gave Sidious the idea that he could possibly get this new Mandalorians to turn on the republic if he could some how trick them into believing that the whole reason for the invasion of their planet in the first place. Was some how the Republic fault.


    If he could do that then steam rolling the Republic and the jedi would no longer be just a dream. He had also gotten word that the Jedi order was going to be spilting off some of it''s more trouble some members in the next few months. If the dark lord could play his hand right he could have an army of dark jedi that could act as leaders and fodder for the droid army that had been created.


    Through his spies he had learned that the Republic was now starting to build a standing army he was not to worried about if it would be an threat as they have just started with the idea, and the Drak lord planned to begin the war next year. This would catch the Republic completely by surprise and hopefully bring the war to a close long before the Republic army could grow into a threat.


    In the middle of Sidious thoughts however he is hit with what is the equivalent of a truck in terms of the force. The Dark lord struggling to even breath. In the same moment all of the pain is gone and peace returns to the room. Sidious using what little strength he has forces himself in the up right position.


    He has no idea what that was but all he knew was that it was very bad for him and every other force users in the galaxy. With these thoughts in mind he called his apprentice''s to him through the force. It would seem like he is going to have to change his plans a bit.


    At the same time that Sidious was hit with the force truck everyone else in the galaxy experienced the same thing. Well everyone expects the orginal Knights of Libra. They were more than familiar with the source of this force energy. Which confused them greatly as they had never knew their masters force signature to be this strong.


    While the Knights of Libra where wondering what could have changed the jedi on Coruscant where having a melt down. It had been far too long in the current media history that they had felt someone that deeply connected to the force. Many jedi could not handle the pressure and passed out in the middle of what every activity that happen to be performing.


    This in itself has caused many problems as jedi just dropping to the grow would on a normal day be cause for concern. However some jedi were in the middle of performing actions that caused them to die as a result. Across hundreds of worlds the jedi for atlest the moment lost consciousness. This caused the jedi council on Coruscant to go into red alert.

 37 What is War

    After 12 hours of negotiations Jack and Prime Minister Sa came to a prominent agreement. Kamino would become a protective of New Mandlor. They would maintain their anonymity as well as not having to involve New Mandlor in major planetary government decisions.


    The trade off would they would fully support any major decision that New Mandlor would make. They were also now fully responsible for the production and maintenance of the standing clone army as well as becoming one of the major production points for both planets. Both planets would integrate their economies and would create a council.


    That would make joint decision on government spending, and lastly Kamino would forego anymore cloning orders from any other clients. As cloning had been Kamino''s main source of funds they knew that this deal would cause them to take a financial hit in the short term. However the long term gain would out way the cost.


    When both Mand''lor and the Prime Minister exited the room both looked weary but content. "Well my dear Prime Minister I do believe this will be the start of an Alliance that might very well bring the galaxy to its knees." Jack as tried as he was could not help but laugh at his own statement.


    "I will run this by the planet Senate but I see no reason for this agreement to stall on the floor. I look forward to our long relationship Mand''lor." The Prime Minister looked just as tried as Jack, however her duty was not yet finished as she turned and walked away from Jack. More than likely heading straight to the Senate floor to announce the news.


    Jack did not have the same responsibility as Sa. Since he was Mand''lor making decisions like this one required no discussions on his part. He was still had to answer to the clan leaders but as long as he could show the befits that Mandalor would get out of this. He was confident he could placate any naw sayers.


    With out realizing he had some how walked right to Shaak Ti room though she was currently working with the clone troops it still eased his mind sleeping where she had been. Soon after his head hit the pillow Jack was out like a light. While the Mand''lor was off in dream land.


    His lover Shaak Ti was going through her daily routine with an added twist. Today had been a very weird day for Shaak Ti. On top of the weird event early where she could have sworn she felt Jack''s Master. She now could not find any of the Kaminoans. But even the ones that are usually glued to the younger clones where no where to be found. But as if just to add to the weirdness. Tow hooded figures entered the training area.


    Shaak Ti was not alerted by their presence simply because there was no way on to the planet if the Mandalorians did not want you here. So as at the. very lest she knew that they were allies or at the very lest not a threat.


    This caused the two firgures to laugh as one of them waved there hand causing the clone trooper to stop mid sentence and turn and walk away. Right away Shaak Ti knew she was dealing with force users and very powerful ones at that.


    She knew just how strong the mentality of the clones were. Hell she had been the one to train them to resist against force attacks targeting the mind. The fact that one of these firgures simply waved passed the clones mental defense sent alarm bells ringing in her mind.


    The clones seeing their brother taken out in such a fashion had many of them on high tension. Remembering the training they had been put through. They slowly put down their blasters and took out their training blades. Shaak Ti had taught them that unless they were facing younglings from the jedi order.


    Any competent force wielder would just tear them apart if they shot blasters at them. Their best chance would be to overwhelm them with numbers in melee combat. Slowly 30 near by clones started to form a circle around the two firgures.


    At first one of the firgures looked as though they were about to make a statement, however the taller of the two raised his hand to stop the second one. Then stepped forward to face the clones. In a Bruce Lee style rised his hand and beckoned the clones to him.


    That had been the final straw as the clones breed from true Mandalorians could not take such disrespected laying down. What followed was a beat down so one sided if this had been real combat it would have resulted in a massacre.


    The hooded firgure moved like water through rocks. Gracefully dodging every blow thrown at him. Two clones behind him attacked with an over hand strikes. Only to have their arms stopped by the force as they were then thrown to the other side of the room leaving their weapons hanging in the air.


    The firgure grabbed the two training sabers and in the moment the air in the room had a dramatic shift in feeling. Shaak Ti was confused about the identities of the two until she saw this. She then knew who this man was the moment he took up a fighting stance.


    Jack''s Master was here in flesh and blood. How this was possible she had no idea but the one thing she did know was things were about to change on a dramatic scale.


    "Master Reaven..How is this possib.?" The male figure laughed as he put his hand up. "A story for another time my apprentice for now I would like to see the skill of the soldiers who fight for Mandalor." Tossing the sabers to two troopers he motioned for them to attack.


    The two that caught the sabers would later be know as Cody and Rex attacked the jedi master with everything they had been taught so far. It was an impressive display for their attacks were well timed and practiced. If they had faced any others the battle would have been theirs however, the one they were facing was the master and teacher of their Mand''lor and as expected it was not enough.


    Reaven dodged all blows it was as if all others were moving in slow motion for him. He easy flowed through every strike every, counter, and faint like an adult playing with children. After 15 mins the troopers had been completely exhausted. Their brothers watched in aw at how they had been completely and utterly dominated. Reaven however was not impressed as he looked at the two and sighed.


    "For warriors of Mandlor to be so easy layed low what has my time away brought you all..." Moving to the middle of the room he then used the force to bring everyone but the exile to their knees. Not even Shaak Ti was spared from this. For her it felt like the world was coming to an end. For every second she was in this state breathing became harder and harder.


    Every cell in body was screaming out in pain. She has only felt like this once, when the jedi council had threatened to imprison her because of her relationship with Jack. Only he give her this same feeling of overwhelming despair when he fully unleashed the force within him.


    Unknown to Shaak Ti it was not just this room that was being effected by Reaven''s use of the force. But the whole facility. Every clone was forced to the ground. Alarms start blaring throughout all of the cloning platforms. No one was sure if they were under attack by an unknown force.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    After only two mins of this Reaven released the hold he had placed on everyone. "You are supposed to be the best that Mandlor can create. You all are breed from the best warriors that have ever been." Even with his mask on every person in the room could feel his disappointment as he spoke. Reaven continued, " From this poor performance it looks like my apprentice work has been wasted."


    This statement shattered what little confidence that had been in the troopers. They had been made for battle. It was in their blood, for someone to tell them they were not good enough for the one thing they had been made for it would crush any man let alone a Mandalorian. Reaven sensed this and knew what he had sought for had come.


    "Do not be mistaken I said it look like but not was. There is room for improvement but you lot are not hopeless. Which would stand to reason the rest of your brothers and sisters are not hopeless as well." Reaven said with a smile behind his mask.


    He knew the one weakness of almost every Mandalorian was their pride. That was the first thing he got rid of when it was me to Jack and his knights when they first came to training under him. That however could not be said for the rest of the Mandalorians and the fact that the clones were from the same DNA as the Mandalorians from New Mandlor they would have this weakness. For this army to become the strongest in the galaxy all weakness need to be removed.


    So he broke them so he could rebuild them. He would do it to this batch of clones and to the next and the next until he no longer had to do so. "Get some rest training starts in 6 hours you lot are dismissed Shaak Ti stay awhile." As the clones filtered out of the room only Shaak Ti the Exile and Reaven remained.


    "Apprentice I have not been giving you the attention that you need to rise to the power of your fellow peers." Shaak Ti tried to stop her Master but the Exile be her to it. "So me and the masked idiot came to the decision that until his time is more free you will learn from me. Oh and before you go on some rant just know I am as strong as he is maybe more so in some areas and I am not as nice as he is either especially to some one the same sex as me." The Exile said with and evil grin.


    As much as Shaak Ti was shocked by the whole situation Jack had taught her long ago that when it came to these two Masters it was best just to shut up and go with the flow. So with out a word she simply bowed and went to exit the room. The Exile nodded approval and shout for Shaak Ti to be ready to train in 4 hours. This caused Shaak to sigh she would need to inform Jack of all that happened but some how she figured he knew or atlest foresaw all of these events already.


    Genocides----


    Dark Sidious and the current members of the Confederacy of Planets are currently locked in a debate over the movement of the Senate in the Republic. The Senate had passed a few years ago to begin building up a standing army that would replace the current defense fleet. They had also placed heavy sanctions on the Trade Federation and the Banking Clans for suspected trade and weapons violations.


    Though the charges were true they would need to prove it in the courts and under normal circumstances that would have been find however the Senate have voted to keep the sanctions in place until after the investigation was completed. This action had caused all of his plans to be delayed by a few years due to the lack of credits that were being brought in.


    On top of that all efforts to contact the Kaminoans had been cut off. They had also announced to the galaxy that they would no longer provide clones for army production, and that would even limit their normal clone practices to people approved by the New Mandalorian government. This was just another wrench in the plan for having the Republic use an army that he would control in the shadows.


    However all had not been completely lost. Count Dooku had gotten in contact witha group of Jedi that had been forced to leave the jedi order. He was slowly bring them over to his way of thinking. If all things went well he would have over 100 dark jedi to add to his cause. Though the Count had also informed him that a larger number had been welcomed into New Mandlor. Sidious believed if he could meet the current Mand''lor.


    He would be able to swing them to his side. Though the leader of the Mandalorians had caused alot of his plans to fall through. It had never once come to his mind that he could not turn the leader of this warrior clan. Just from ancient sith texts it had been said that the one thing that would drives this warriors was a great war. One in which they could test the limits of their skills.


    If this had been any other Mand''lor this statement would hold true but for Jack this would be a fairy tale at best. While Sidious was having his dreams of controlling the New Mandalorian government he quietly planning the death of every member in this meeting. They were not true believers in the ways of the sith. If not for the fact that they were easily corrupted by their own greed and lust for power he would not have even used this morons for any of his plans.

 38 The silence before the storm

    During this last five years Jack had tried to stick to as much as the time line had he could. However he knew at this point he had shifted things far too much for everything to go as they had in the movies. So about a year before he had given up on just using Jango Fett''s DNA for the clone army and decided to take a pool from all of the best warriors he had on New Mandalor.


    So as it stands the first 5 million clones are Jango''s lot and the next 5 million are a mix from the best Mandalorians in the galaxy. Mostly the Demon Dogs and Spartans. Jack had also decided why stick to strictly star wars technology when the star Forge had already provided things from the Halo universe. Like the MAC cannons and super solider serum.


    So Armored Core like Mechs had begun production for ground invasion. They had also begun the research in the jump drives from Battle Star Galactic as well as Battle Star class ships. Nothing was off the table at this point. The only real issue that Jack was facing was the fact that he was not sure what would set off the war between the CIS and the Republic at this point.


    Chancellor Valorum was in his last term however the was almost no chane that Palpatine would come out of the shadows to try and run for the office. Especially now that there is a bounty out for his head curtsey of yours truly. This however would not stop some easily corrupted fool from gaining the office and undoing all the work that had been done. On top of this problem the jedi order on Coruscant was seeming more fractured as the day go on.


    They have more than enough problems to deal with on their own let alone trying to keep the Republic United. It was while Jack was in his thoughts about the many problems he had to deal with that he felt his Master unleash a tiny portion of his power. This put a smile on his face as he remembered his masters one golden rule. In the face of true power nothing can stand in it''s way.


    With that rule now in his head Jack knew what he had to do. He knew the war was coming but could not predict how it would start and that would not matter. All that matter was that he made his people so strong that it would not matter what Palpatine would try. His people would just steamroll any of the sith lords plans by sheer strength alone.


    After he felt his Masters power reseed Jack came up with another idea. Why did he have to wait for the enemy to star the war. When he could just do it him self. Jack quickly sent messages to Sharia, Triss, Keith and the rest of the Mandalorian clan elders for an emergency meeting that would take place in two days on Earth. After finishing this he headed to find his lover as he was sure she would be on for a trashing for the next few months of his Master had anything to say about it.


    On one hand the war side thoughtslined up much like what Jack''s had. It made more sense to control the star seeing how in war that''s about the only thing you can control. However the no involvement side also made a good point. In a few more years there would be no force that could come close to them atlest in this galaxy. They didnt have to even get involved with the war let the two side fight it out then kill off the winner and take control our selves.


    Though many would see this kind of behavior as dishonorable even some of the traditional Mandalorian would see it that way, but the earth born Mandalorians would not. In war there is no such thing as honor only winners and victims. If you didnt win then you became a victim.


    However both options also had draw backs. Starting a war unprovoked would cause the Galactic Senate to turn on them and that would have negative consequences in the long run, and it would be the same with doing nothing when the war happened only it would be worse if some how the Republic won and the Mandalorians turned on them.


    While the Mandalorians clan leads where busy with their war council. A black ops team lead by one Obi-Wan newly minted Jedi knight was currently entering the system of Geonosis. It had come to the attention of the Council that Count Dooku had taken some of the members of the jedi order that had chosen to leave to this system. Under normal circumstances they would have left these jedi to their own devices, however these jedi had tendencies that leaned more to the darker side of the force.


    So it had been decided that this group would be watched for a few years until it was determined that they would not cause harm to the republic. Things however did not go as planned. Only a week after they had been released the group had dropped of the map. The only clue they had were B1 battle droids that had been seen near their last known location.


    The battle droids had marking that were only native to Geonosis which is what brought the jedi black ops team here. Obi-Wan and the other 5 jedi knights slowly made their way into the star system. Keep their fighters em signatures as low as possible to maintain stealth. These tactics would have never appeared in the training methods of jedi just years before.


    If it had not been for the Mandalorians Obi-Wan had encountered in his padawan days he was sure the jedi would not even have a black ops team let alone an intelligent network. Things had been changing of late in the jedi order. Past teachings that had be thought too dangerous when now being openly shared.


    Things such as command strategy, and battle tactics where now a class that every jedi had to attend. Even older Masters hap to make time for the lessons. That was Obi-Wan''s first sign that things in the galaxy were not as peaceful as they would seem. Some jedi were now taking and active role in the Senate as well as roles in the Republic''s new standing army. As different as these changes were Obi-Wan did not feel as if these changes were bad.


    In fact he felt that it had been a welcomed improvement in how the jedi would do things in the future. Pulling his thoughts from the past the com link in the freighter began blinking. Indicating and incoming message." This Black leader go for traffic." Obi-Wan whispered into the coms.


    "Black leader this Black 2. We have been picking up massive energy spikes all over the main planet in this sector. permission to launch probes." This was a no brainier for Obi-Wan. " Black leader to Black 2 permission granted as soon and you receive probe data we are leaving. Black leader to Black squadron prep for dust in 20 Mike''s." Obi-Wan''s mission here had be to confirm the build up of "CIS" as the Mandalorians had called them. Military forces as well as the current location of all the leaders of the movement.


    Obi-Wan''s black ops group was not the only currently on this mission either. Several other black op groups were currently on this same mission in different sectors of the galaxy. If the information that the Mandalorians had provided was true then it would be more than enough proof for the Republic to take action.


    As the 20 minute clock reached zero Obi-Wan''s team recieved the data from the probes launched to the surface. Shocked by the images he was seeing Obi-Wan knew they had the Separates dead to rights with this data. Just as silent as they had arrived the black ops team slipped away making the jump back to Coruscant. This simple event would change the course of the war to come.


    Back on Mandlor the clan elders had come to a decision they would enter the war with the Republic and would warn them of the dangers of not making the first moves in a war. They would bring their arguments to the Senate floor and call for a vote. If they win good if they lose so be it. It would just be another reason why the current republic needed to be removed.


    After escaping that hell of a meeting Jack, Keith and Trish made their way to the Skywalker residence. It had been awhile since the three of them had been together like this. Entering the building Jack and co could sense that Jack mother, brother, and stepfather where home which was rare as well as one other.


    Making their way inside it was it was not long before the group came across the family in the lounge. With a very serious looking Qui-Gon and a not remotely serious Shmi staring down a very evil looking grin for one Anakin and Padma. Jack could tell it was taking everything his mother had not to laugh at what ever the topic had come to.


    Not to be one left out Jack quickly made his presence known." So what did I miss is Mom pregnant now or is it Padma." Jack said with a shit eatting grin. Without missing a beat Anakin responded to his brother, " Possible to the first not yet to the second but that''s not the current issue. The current problem is our old man here thinks the Tampa bay Bucks are some how going to be the Cowboys in the game next Sunday." ( These are American football teams) Jack faked hurt tears, "Is this true father you think my team will lose...I have never felt so betrayed."


    It seemed like that was the last but that Shmi could handle as she soon broke into laughter quickly followed by Padma. Qui-Gon could only sigh as he spoke, " Some times I just don''t understand you two... me and your mother mention that she might be pregnant again and the only thing you two pick up on is my choice in football teams...unbelievable."


    Stopping his step father before he went into a rant Jack quickly interrupted, " So what brings you guys back I firgured it would be atlest another month before any of you came back from Naboo." "Well besides the fact that I need to see our doctors because I might be pregnant, Padma here is going to the new Senate representative for the planet of Naboo, and is currently on leave until the start of her assignment." Shmi said between fits of laughter.


    Even with most of the time line out of line it seems that something''s were just bound to happen. Well as it stands with Palpatine not being in power and also not knowing about Anakin. Padma should have a relatively normal Senate life this go around.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

 39 As the wheels turn

    Jack enjoyed a relatively easy week. The clan elders had agreed to bring their point to the Senate at the end of the month. Just in time for the first Armored Core division to come online. This division would replace the War droids that the Mandos were currently using for the simple fact that it was just and over all better system for war.


    Also within this week the final design plans for the Battle Star class of ships had been finished and production would begin in two weeks time. It was in these moments that Jack had received and emergency com call from his ambassador on Coruscant. Informing him of the emergency Senate assembly. His ambassador could not tell him what the assembly was about only that it would be best for him to be there in person.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    The trip to Coruscant from Earth had been getting progressively quicker by the months as better technology was being formed from the Star Forge. What had taken them a week before only took days, three days to be exact. The Ambassadors had been given a weeks leeway to try and get their planet''s leaders here for the assembly but after that they would go on without them.


    Due to Mandalorian technology Jack and co had and extra two days before they had to be in the Senate. Trish and Keith had decided to go check in on the Demon Dogs that had been stationed here on the planet. While Qui-Gon had wanted to go to the temple to check on Obi-Wan. It had been a few years since he last saw his old padawan. Jack was about to decide not to go due to the falling out he had with the council after Shaak Ti left the order completely, However something told him he need to go with his step father. Even if it was for just peace of mind.


    Anakin decided to stay with their mother at the Mandalorian compound near the Senate hall and look after her. That worked out for Jack just fine, the less people knew about his brother the less he would have to worry. With that decided Jack and Qui-Gon made their way to the jedi temple.


    When they arrived that had been immediately greeted by the weapons of the Temple guard. They were informed that the jedi had no meets planned for the day and no prior notice had been sent about their arrival. Things seemed to be heating up before Obi-Wan happen to pass by the entrance and spot his old Master.


    "Obi-Wan you know you no longer have to call me Master you are a jedi knight fully fledged. While I have left the order...I am just an old married man." Obi-Wan blinked hard at this statement," What you married? Who is the poor woman you had to use the force on to accept your old face." Jack coughed a bit to get the young jedi attention," That would be my mother, and Dad how could you...Using the force on poor old mom I will have to inform my younger brother of your transgressions."


    All of this information had caught Obi-Wan by surprise. However it had seemed a bit rude to have this conversation outside of the temple. Obi-Wan invited the two back to his room in the temple so they could talk in peace. The walk to Obi-Wan room was uneventful. That is if you did not count the occasional stares that Jack would receive. It''s not every day that a fully armored Mandalorian walks the hall ways of the jedi order.


    After the group arrived Qui-Gon and Obi-Wan spend the next hour or so catching up on things they have missed from each others lives. During this talks Jack discovered that the Jedi had started to form military units with in the order. As well as the fact that many old teachings where now being brought back.


    Though it was a good thing it still did not appease Jack''s current dislike of the current order. However this was his personal feelings on the matter and not his feelings as leader of the Mandalorian people. At some point Qui-Gon I made it known that Shmi his wife might be pregnant with his first child. Obi-Wan was over the moon for his old master.


    If this had been the old Obi-Wan of the original time line he may have frowned about the news, but things were different now and this Obi-Wan no longer tried to suppress his emotions instead he had learned to live with them. So showing his happiness at his old friend''s new found happiness was a natural course of action for the young man.


    Soon the two hour Mark faster approached and Jack and Qui-Gon felt like they might be over staying their welcome so the had decided to make a tactical retreat. On the way out Obi-Wan surprised the both of them by informing of his last mission. As well as what the results from said mission.


    From this information Jack put together the point of this emergency assembly by the Senate. Jack thanked the jedi for his information and continued their way back to the Mandalorian compound. The two days came quickly and the Senate was called into session. Chancellor Valorum had the chamber sealed before the the session kicked in to full swing. The current member planets of the the Confederacy were strangely absent however that had suit the Chancellor just fine.


    He quickly began laying out all of the information the Jedi black ops teams had discovered. To say the Senate was shocked was an understatement. Calls for the removal and termination of the offenders rang out all over the assembly. Chancellor Valorum however struck at the very heart of the issue. Would the Republic stay passive in the face of war or would they make the first move.


    Soon after this question was posed Jack move to have a vote on the floor for the answer. In a move not seen in a millennium the Senate voted to attack first. The vote itself didn''t even take long to be count, and it was almost completely unanimous. For the planet that had voted no Jack had decided to send a Spartan team to monitor them just in case.


    Now that they had decided to attack the only question was when and where. It was then that a jedi senator asked that the jedi be give a month to form a plan and they would present it in a meeting a month from now. As and extra precaution Chancellor Valorum ordered a complete blackout of all information related to this issue. If any member was found violating this order they and their planets would classify as traitors and enemies of the Republic.


    After a month the Republic would then begin it''s own war build up as quickly as they could in preparation for the coming war. For Jack and the Mandalorians this was just another Tuesday. They had already being building up for this war from the moment they took control of new Mandalor. Before exiting the Senate floor Jack made his way over to Jedi senator to express his willingness to help formulate a plan of attack. The Jedi Master however seemed to take offense to this and told Jack to let them handle the plan and they could say what they thought of it in a months time.


    Deciding to take the high ground for once Jack decided just to walk way from the jedi in front of him. It seemed that some of these new jedi had grown quite arrogant in the short about of time since the order had begun to change. It also seemed to slip the mind of said jedi that the people who were teaching the jedi their current tactics and ways of war came from the very Mandalorian he had just dismissed.

 40 In the eyes of the few

    Shaak Ti had never been so tried in all of her life. Her new master had not let up on the training for the last month. She had been completely isolated on Kimeno during this time. However she could not say the training was not effective, because by god was it.


    She her self was already an accomplish jedi Master. Atlest before she left the order. She had believed that she had a complete mastery of the force. She had quickly discovered that she knew very little of the force in this past month. Due to the Exiles'' training she had been forced to use the force in many ways she had not of just to stay alive.


    She had also been given a crash course in the darke side, and all of its uses. At first she had wanted to resistance learning anything about the dark side. That was until Reaven had coming to one of her sessions and explained that all of his students were taught to use both sides of the force. Light and Dark for they are two sides of the same coin.


    It had taken a bit of convincing but now she realized why she needed both sides. The jedi had been taught to reject one side of the force so completely that if they ever encounter a strong darkside user. A lesser jedi could be turned just by their presence alone. The same could be side of the sith who rejected the light side of themselves just as much as the jedi do the dark.


    With accepting all parts of the force she could feel her control over it gain strength day by day. She now understood why Jack and the rest of the earth bound force sensitives where so strong with the force. From the moment they could feel it again they would practice and accept both sides. It was from this knowledge that she also knew if the old jedi order where to try and attack Jack''s they would be destroyed and nothing would be able to save them.


    Lost in her thought Shaak Ti did not see the crate thrown at her until it almost smashed her skull in. "Lose focus like that again and I will kill you where you stand. I will never allow my apprentice to be weak...never again." The Exiles voice trailed off near the end but even still Shaak Ti knew something terrible had happened to the last person the Exile taught.


    Before she could go further into her own thoughts force lighting was shot in her direction. Without thinking she countered the lighting with her own. It was the first time in the last two weeks of trying to form it that Shaak had been successful. It was short lived as her lighting was absorbed and reflected at her with more intensity then she was ready for.


    Not willing to fall into many of his old friend''s traps Reaven explained the recent developments happening in Republic space."So its finally happening huh...Didn''t thing this version of the Republic had it in them to start a war. Do you think we will have enough time to finish training all of the younglings?" Reaven shook his head no. " We will be lucky if just this batch finish before the war starts...It is in their hands now all we can do is wait."


    ----Kimeno Cloning Platforms 2738-----


    My name is clone number 117 some of our Mandalorian teachers call me John. I still have not firgure out the reference. I have decided to keep a log of all my accounts so far in my life. It has been about 3 years since my birth. I come from the clone DNA line of the current Mand''lor. However because of the complexity of his DNA structure only 6 have been made and none of use are perfect copies. In fact 3 of us are female instead of male.


    Us not being perfect copies however has not limited our performance in any capacity. We have all surpassed all expectations set for us in every test, and the Mand''lor him self has come to see use on more than one occasion. Though we are in the teenager stage and could be accelerated to our adult forms.


    The Mand''lor has asked that we be allowed to grow natural from this point. Something also of note is the Mand''lor seems to look at us as though we are his children. Which is not far from the truth, so the six of us have decided we will do whatever it takes to keep that belief that he has of us alive.


    During these last two years we have been given advance combat and tactics training. Making us well above the cut for a standard trooper. With in the last month too boot we have been given training by the Mand''lor''s master himself. The hand to hand forms and weapons training given by that man could change a single soldier into a planet destroyer, and he was training six of them.


    Things began to pick up about two days ago for us. The Kaminoans told us that were going to undergo a surgery that would turn us into super soliders, and that after the surgery we would be sent to the Mand''lor himself and be placed under his direct command.


    This causes excitment in our small family to grow as we all knew what it meant being place at the beck and call of the Mand''lor. No more training exercises, no more drills. It would be the real thing from that moment on, and our Mandalorian blood boiled from the idea. When our Mandalorian trainers got word some of them took to calling us Blue Team. Some how this stuck but I still don''t get the reference. This is 117 signing off for now.


    ----New Mandalorian Shipyards Mars orbit------


    The war machine that was the New Mandalor star system. Had been kicked it to overdrive. They had just received word that war was coming and Mand''lor wanted his new war ships yesterday, and by everything that is holy the members of the Ship building clan would deliver. The Director of the Ship facility had told the Mand''lor it would be a year until the first Battle Star class ship would be in the prototype stage. He now tasked his members to do it in 4 months.


    The Battle Star Class of she would be ships that felling to the length of over 60 kilometers. The first ship that was being Built looked like an over sized version of the USS Infinity form Halo. However it would be equipped with 6 MAC cannons, hunders of ion cannons and torpedo launchers, as well more than double its original armament. This would be the first of several flag ships that would need to be pushed out in the next 4 years.


    They had also been informed that all weapon systems were free to be used. This had gotten rid of a lot of red tape that had been stopping alot of progress. With super weapons back on the table many companies started to look through earth''s archives for different super weapons from the sci-fi


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    base of Earth.


    So far what most companies came to the realization was that destroying a planet was all and good but the resources as well as the planet it self would be lost, but if you glass a planet...


    ---Coruscant Mandalorian Compound----


    With the order given he would give his generals a few weeks before he would show up and check on the progress. For now he had to deal with another issue, and that issue was staring him in the face. "Duchess Satine Kryze to what do I owe the pleasure of this vist." It took all he could to make sure the sarcasm in his voice was hidden. "You know why I am here..there can not be two Mandlors you and group need to return back to our rule so that Mandlor can stand united in the coming war."

 41 Foolishness of the Jedi

    The month came faster then what most people would like. For Jack and the Mandalorians the day could not come fast enough. They had drawn up atlest a dozen plans if not more. Even though the the time line had been screwed planets that would be of high value still would not have changed much.


    With the knowledge that the jedi black ops teams provided it did not take long for Jack''s generals to find targets, but Jack would wait before he presented his plans. He wanted to see what the jedi would come up with maybe he would be surprised though he doubt it.


    As Chancellor Valorum called the session into order. After the room quitted down the jedi senator moved his platform to the middle of the persuasion. "Fellow members of the Republic. I thank you for allowing us the opportunity to show why trusting the first strike of the war to the jedi order will help bring the war to a quick close." Taking a moment to organize the flies for his presentation. Jack visibly winced, he could tell from just his opening statement the jedi that had been in charge of this project were more than likely pompous fools.


    Who more than likely would come up with the idea to throw jedi into all of the battle fields as well as place them in command. Even under abnormal conditions that would not even be a remotely solid plan. Still Jack would listen if anything he was patient. The jedi senator continued once his thoughts were in order.


    "The Plan the we of the order have devised consistent of 6 major operational fronts. Major attacks on Geonosis, Cato Neimoidia, and Dathomir. These attacks will be for total control of the planet and the surrounding star systems. We will then move Major fleets to take control of shipping lanes around Tatooine and Hutt controlled space. Once we lock down the core world we can move to take control of all of the outer rim worlds they have begun to show they are falling under control of Confederacy influence."


    The Senate seem to approve of this plan as their were quite murmurs and nods of approval that could be seen and hear. Chancellor Valorum seemed almost pleased that is until he spotted the expression on the face of the New Mandalorian senator. He didnt have to be a jedi or a mind reader to know that this group was not remotely happy with the plan.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    The jedi seem visibly offended by being questioned. " The rules of engagement are simply defeat the enemy army spare the structures of the planet and take prisoners if they surrender. As for who will lead we will place Jedi commanders within every battalion and fleet we send out they will lead all operations. We have already gathered enough intelligence for the current operation and if we need more we will send more jedi ops teams to gather it, and for your final question if that happens we will send a detachment to said planet and help the locals fight their government."


    The jedi felt he had answered these ridiculous questions in perfect fashion, however that was not going to cur it for Jack. " Yea you see that''s not going to work for me or for any other planets that specializes in warfare. First by trying to spare structures you are now limiting the fire power of your ground forces. That is a mistake for I can promise you the enemy will do no such thing. Two you jedi have been taught tactics and strategies by my people and they tell me you lot are far from ready when it comes to taking command.


    Three taking prisoners sounds nice but if you have no system in place they just become a liability and a resource drain. Last but not lest helping a planet people fight the government just to install a Republic friendly government is just inviting trouble. The best course of action in those situations would be to help the people escape from the planet and glass it. Then when the war is over re terraform the planet and place the population back."


    The Senate erupted with yelling and screaming, "Glass a planet what about of fire power would you need to do that!", and "That is madness you cant force a planet population to just move!" Jack had expected this out rage but he had notice a few keys players had not been surprised by his statement. Those coming from Naboo, Alderaan,Kashyyyk, and Kamino. Two of them he had expected the other two had surprised him but it was a welcome surprise.


    "Oh and before I forget when it comes to Intel if you dont have a constant feed then you are already a step behind. Case in point you had intelligence that Your three major targets where in the process of building an army correct?" Chancellor Valorum grow worried by what may come out of the Mand''lor mouth next.


    "Well I have had my teams station in those systems for the past month and I can tell you not only is the army complete but so is there fleet as well. We are dealing with droids not people so the creation time for the machines is hours not years like flesh and blood. So I move to dismisse the jedi plan and instead use my plan. We keep the planned attacks on Geonosis, Cato Neimoidia, and Dathomir but instead of jedi leading we let veteran generals take command.


    They will be able to make the quick decision needed to win battles, second rules of engagement should be changed to the total defeat of all enemy forces on the planet at what every the costs. Civilian casualties should be keep to a minimum and the preservation of our forces keep at the highest priority. We can not afford to take massive losses when our troops must be give atlest 18 years to mature.


    Takings prisoners should be reserved for only high value targets, because we are fighting droids we can just take information from the fallen and scrape and armies that surrender. Oh and I was serious about glossing planets my people can do it and will, this is war if your are trying to play fair then you have already lost."


    With that Jack moved his platform back to its normal position. while the Senate chambers were completely silent. The Mand''lor had just dropped one of the biggest bomb shells that the Republic had ever heard. They had the ability to glass entire worlds and they were willing to do it. This was madness to some but to most it ment that if they crossed these New Mandalorians their was a good chance that after this war they could find their world glassed as well.


    The jedi spoke first, " The fact that have planet destroying weapons is a clear violation of the planetary protection act as such it falls on this Senate to vote to remove you from the Republic and strip you of the technology, as.." Before the jedi could even finish Keith spoke before Jack even had the chance.


    "Remove us and you will be on your own for this war which suits us just fine we can fight and win on our own, but try and take something that does not belong to you jedi and we will burn you and your temple to ash. It will make the Second Sacking of Coruscant look like a bonfire in comparison you jedi fuck!"


    Utter disbelief was plastered arcoss the jedi''s face. It was not just his face either Chancellor Valorum had the same look as well. He knew if he did not do something he would likely lose the only true ally he had in the Senate.


    "As the current Chancellor I believe only I have the ability to remove a respecting member of this body, and seeing how we are about to go to war I see nothing wrong with the New Mandalorians having and expanding arsenal. Especially if you consider how their planet was first take over by an invading force when they first entered the galactic stage. I move to vote on the Mand''lors plan.


    Jack knew with this his plan was secured and began his exit from the chambers he would leave the rest to his Senator and his staff to finish any details. For now troops need to moved and his army on Kamino need to be activated. It would take weeks to get the Republic integrated with his own forces and his jedi order would need to show its face to the jedi on Coruscant.

 42 Movement behind the Scenes

    Jedi Knight Vam had never been so insulted in his left. How could Chancellor Valorum allow those upstarts to dictate the moves of the Republic forces. They had been all but a conquered peoples less then 6 years ago. While it is true that it was the New Mandalorians that had been providing lessons to the jedi order these simpletons did not know the subtleties of the force.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    How could there ever hope to match true jedi commanders. Even though in the many battle simulations the jedi would lose the simulations never took into account the use of the force in the commanding officer. On a real battle field jedi would out match any normal general by any measure.


    Vam knew he needed to calm down. His old master had always told him that pride would lead one down the path of the dark side, but he could not help but take pride in being a jedi. There were the true masters of peace and order in the galaxy. For too long they jedi have just watched as the Republic became more and more corrupt. Maybe it was time for the jedi to take control. Yes that''s it Chancellor Valorum has at most a year left in his term. If the attack plan of the Mandalorians fails then any good will he has left will be gone.


    Which would open up a way for him to run for Chancellor. So now the only thing he had to do was make sure it failed. He wondered if his old friends that had joined the CIS would still pick up his com call he would just need the dates and order of attack fo each system. Sure many soldiers would lose their lives, but that was a small cost to secure the Republic for generations. He would honor their sacrifice by making sure the ones commanding their forces paid a heavy price.


    It would kill two birds with one stone. A brilliant plan that only a jedi could come up with...


    ---6 hours earlier Mandalorian Compound---


    "Duchess Satine Kryze let me ask you a question. What in your right mind thinks that I will give up rule of my planet, my people, and my rule to you. Old Mandalor has no standing army, you have not fleets what can you do to force me to listen to you?"


    "Then I will challenge you for your position based on the old ways." She statement matter of factly. Jack looked at her like she was an idiot not that she could see him with his helmet on after all. "You do realize that would mean you would have to fight me right, and that is no small thing either it would be in front of the clan elders from my world and your and they would have to come up with the terms of the battle not you or I. Then on the off chance that you do when you would have to battle anyone from my planet for 7 days straight so that they would even accept your rule. Are you sure that''s what you want to do."


    The Dutchess paled slightly while the first part of what she had said was true she had not known about the second half of the tradition that his planet performed after the duel. If that is what he had to go through right after his duel then this man in front of her was a true Mandalorian even if he was not born one.


    Before she could think of a better option Jack threw her a bone. " Tell you what I will fight you with just your elders present and if you win I will talk to my people about following your rule. Hell you don''t even have to be the one to fight your self I will let you pick a champion, but in the off chance that I win you do understand what will happen right."


    She knew but this was the only way she could think of uniting her people. If she or her champion won then she would have access to all of his resources and armies and though she was trying to transition Mandalor away from it war like history. It would be an easier task if she had a force to enforce her changes.


    " I accept your condition I will send for my elders and champion they will be here in 4 days." With that she exited the room. Leaving Jack to only shake his head at the coming ass beating that he was about to deliver on who ever she would send as her champion.


    ---Present Time---


    Jack had a smile on his face as he thought about the small exercise he would get to do in four days. Of course he had informed the elders clans on earth and the only response he got from them was should they send a fleet now or after to secure the system and establish his rule. That had brought a smile to his face. The fact that his clans had absolute faith in his victory showed him that he had been atlest a good ruler to his people. This was not the only thing he had to tell his clan elders on this call.


    He also informed them of the Senate''s decision and how they would need to begin moving the attack fleet to Coruscant as this had been made the stagings area as well as send word that he would need his Master from the Knights of Libra here yesterday. The elders promised his will would be carried out and that they would place the knights on the fastest ship they had and it should be there in a day at most two.


    Jack ended his call with the elders and quickly sent a call to his Stepfather and told him to inform his old friends in the order that his knights would be paying them a vist in two days time to discuss what the jedi''s role would be in this war. Now that he had two days free time he felt like it would be a good time to spend it with his mother and brother.


    ---Kamino Training Platform---


    Shaak Ti was mediating of today''s training event. It had been a struggle. Today she had faced off against Jack''s clone troopers called Blue team, and she had to admit they were very impressive hell even her current Master had been impressed. If she had not been training in the way she had for the past two months she had no doubt she would have been easley bested. Their team coordination and skills would overwhelm any normal jedi or sith, and with their soon to be complete specially produced armor the force would have no effect on them.


    If Jack manages to produce an army from just his genetic makeup then she did not believe that their would be a force in the galaxy that would be able to stop them. She had also developed a soft spot for the six members of blue team. They called Jack father and her mother. Even though they took all their genes from Jack it made her realize how much she would love to have kids of her own. So until that day she would treat blue team like her own.


    Before her happy thoughts could flood her mind Shaak quickly rolled from her position as a lightsaber was hurled and sunk into the every spot she had been resting. " Good you have improved, always be aware of your surroundings even when you are among allies and friends. You never know when an enemy may show up or attack." The Exile spoke force pulling the saber back to her as she walked up to Shaak Ti.


    "Jack has sent a message calling for the Master of the Knights of Libra to join him on Coruscant to have a meeting with the jedi council." This confused Shaak, "Why are you telling me this Master I have not even remotely completed my training with you." The Exile laughed at this, " Of course you haven''t you silly girl but you are still a Master of his order and it''s not like he wants his Master and I I showing up just yet. Your love likes having aces in the hole and show us would be telling." Shaak Ti bowed to her Master, " I understand I will head to Coruscant immediately and return after my business is finished."

 43 March On The Temple

    Two days had passed and Jack had eagerly awaited at the landing platform for his knights. Shaak Ti had arrived the day before and they had spent that day in each other''s embrace. Jack had a special event planned for her but that would wait until After their meeting with the Jedi.


    Jack and Shaak Ti didn''t have to wait long on the platform. As stealth Mandalorian transport shuttles quietly slipped on to the platform. The craft powered down and the landing ramp descended. Out of the craft over 300 Mandalorian force users walked out in perfect formation.


    All of Jack''s knights where dressed in modified Mandalorian armor. The plating was thinner than normal armor but the compound was more advance. The armor was all black with the classic Mandalorian helmet. They looked like sith from the Old Republic it was awe inspiring. Without out a word Jack walked in front with Shaak Ti at his side and they began their march to the jedi temple.


    ---Jedi Temple Coruscant---


    Life as a temple guard was as good as it could get. Under normal circumstances you would have a good day with nothing happening. Today however was not one of these days. They were informed of a group that would be meeting the council today. What they were not told was how large the group was going to be. What stood in front of the temple guard was a group of about 300 in full armor. Lead by one of the largest men they had ever seen. On of the guards quickly went to inform one of the near by jedi Master while a small group went to intercept the group moving to the entrance.


    Jack expected a scene like this to occur. If the guards didn''t stop them he would question who the jedi had put in charge of protecting them. Before either Jack or the guard could a jedi knight move to block them. Drawing his saber, "Who are you and what is your purpose here!" This was his first mistake as every member of Knights of Libra drew their own sabers as the black blades of the knights hummed like the sound of hundreds of sparrows.


    Jack raised his hand, "You have one chance jedi to withdraw you blade and back away. I have an appointment with the council as for who I am. If you can''t tell I am Mand''lor leaders of the Knights of Libra. You have showed your weapon to a Mandalorian by all rights I should kill you were you stand." Jack voice was neither loud or threatening, but his presence was completely overwhelming.


    Jack looked around and seeing about 300 jedi surrounded his group and more pouring from the temple. He sighed and turned to his knights, "Very well you may injury them but no deaths we did not come here to kill you have 5 mins." With that he walked into the middle of the group with Shaak Ti following close behind.


    She knew what was about to happen and almost felt sorry for the foolish jedi that stood in her lover''s way...almost. Jack''s words had been a trigger as his closest knight force pushed the foolish jedi in the front and that was the start of the one sided beat down. Jack''s knight moved like ghost disarming all in their reach with the force. For those strong enough to hold on to their sabers they were meet with a relentless attack from every angle.


    The jedi were not prepared for a fight here on their homefront, and the Mandalorian did not fight fair atlest in their sense. Some jedi were attacked two on one, some where hit with the force from behind. The ones that had been lucky enough to fight one on one. They would not last more than a single engagement.


    For some reason when ever one of their lightsaber blades meet with the Mandalorians it looked as though the energy in the blade would be drained completely and the saber would short out. 5 minutes had not even passed and yet all jedi who had stood in their way where now on the ground either knocked out or hands behind their head. It was completely dominance.


    Jack stopped the timer he had set, "2:15 good but next time make it two minutes." By now news had reached the council that Jack and his order had arrived and Mace Windu and Yoda had reached the entrance. What they saw filled them with a small sense of dread. "Ah Master Yoda Master Windu it is great of you to join us. We were just teaching your jedi the correct way to battle other force users. Though I fear with some of the me unconcious they will not be able to take the lesson to heart." Jack said with a smile.


    He knew deep in side he had planted the seed of fear in these jedi and that suited him just fine. If these jedi feared what his Mandalorians could do then it would be less likely they would cause any of them trouble on the battlefields that would come. There was still one more nail in the coffin that he had to plant and that would be up to his lover.


    They had talked about what she needed to do if the situation had every reached this point so without any hesitation Shaak Ti walkes up to Master Windu, "Hello Master Windu...I feel like some of the new jedi that have arrived have missed our lessons so how about me and you have a little match to show the young one what it means to be a master."


    Windu really did not know how to respond. He was not 100% sure of the situation, and he had a sinking feeling that it was his jedi that caused this conflict. If that was a case he knew unless he fought and won against one of the old members of the council that all of the jedi would have a shadow caused over them.


    It would effect everything they would do from this point on, and with the war coming they could not afford to let that happen. Looking to Yoda for guidance. The older jedi could only nod and sigh. "Very well Master Ti a spar will do the young ones well good."


    With that Shaak Ti ignited her lightsaber and force jumped at Windu. Her white blade danced as she stuck at him at great speed. Windu being a master in the art of lightsaber dueling took the attack with ease but was surprised at how much force was contained in the attack. Both Master began trading blows, each strike growing progressively faster and faster.


    Shaak Ti began enhancing her strikes with the force as lightning began arching off her blade with every strike. Shaak Ti let her emotion drive her as she began to let go and allow her body to attack without thought. Windu went for a strike to over power her however a second before the blades met she deactivated her saber and side stepped his attack.


    Then as a counter she force pulled him to close the distance then ignited her saber bring it close to his neck in a single move. The court yard was silent as many could not believe what had just happened. When Shaak Ti was part of the order she was strong but she had never been a match for Master Windu in fact she had been known for being one of the weaker members of the council.


    Yet now she had beat one of the strongest fighters in the jedi order. Yoda knew that any chance they had was now over and many of the jedi here would come to fear Jack order of force sensitives. What surprised him more was the fact that he had sensed a bit of dark side engery that came when Shaak Ti was attacking Windu.

 44 Meeting within the Order

    Master Yoda lead Jack and his knights into a large auditorium. "Here will you be. For the meeting with the council. Too small the council chamber is for the group you have brought." After saying his peace the old Master made his way to one of the seats as he waited for the other members of the council to arrive.


    It did not take long for the last members to make their way to the room. The current 12 members were Yoda, Windu, Adi Gallia, Yareal Poof, Eeth Koth, Kit Fisto, Plo Koon, Ki-Adi-Mundi, Saesee Tiin, and Yadda. Jack waited for the council was properly seated then he began. "Members of the jedi council I have come here today for two reasons. The First is to have you recognize my order of forces users. It would not do us well if on the battle field one of your jedi were to mistake an ally for an enemy.


    I will take question about the my order at the end of this, and the second reason I have come here is to explain what roles I would like you to play in the upcoming war. To be frank I do not believe that you or I would like for your jedi to be truly involved in this war, however with circumstances the way that they are I don''t believe we will have that luxury. So instead I would want the jedi to play elite shock troopers. They will lead small higley specialized units with the purpose of attacking the enemy force users, and high value targets. Some jedi who are qualified will be co commanders along side experience Generals and help lead some battalions in to battle.


    What I dont want to happen is having a Master and padawan pair in the role of generals. Atlest not in the beginning. The battle field is no where to teach a padawan and there is no room for making simply mistakes due to someone be inexperienced. Over time when your jedi learn more we can start moving them into officer ranks in the army, are their any question about your roles."


    Windu was the first to speak, "As you must have realize most jedi have never been in a command structure let alone been asked to take orders that did not come from a Master or the council. Many jedi will not take kindly to having to take orders from non force users. In the past most jedi have been placed in the roles of commanding officers or Generals why is that not a role that you see for us instead."


    "That is a simple question Master Windu. It is because you lot are not jedi of the past. You have just started your training in the ways of military tactics and command. On top of that many of your jedi are brash and headstrong. They are too sure of themselves and are overconfident. For any army those traits can lead to deaths or the complete destruction of a unit, and that''s just not something I can afford to happen."


    "How can you do that. You tell us or jedi are unsuited for command then place your force users as Generals many jedi will see this as you attempting to take power!" Kit Fisto stood up and yelled looking visibly flustered. " That is because the Republic''s forces will be made up of mostly my people why would I trust command of them to others especially jedi who I could see using as disposable meat shields. Do not be mistaken my knights are Mandalorians first force sensitives second they have known war since the moment they became Mandalorians.


    We are forged in war and battle, we know command , and I know any sacrifices they make will make the war come to an end that much faster. They are willing to make the hard choices that I do not believe for one second that your jedi could do the same. Not now not as they are, and if your jedi do not follow an order given to them they will be dismissed from their positions and sent back to you. If they try and take command in battle for whatever reason I will have them killed as traitors to the Republic right then and there. So I would suggest you are wise in who you choose to send."


    The council could only seat in silence at the statement. The man was right from a general stand point war could not afford insubordination and any commanding officer could have a subordinate killed for disobeying a direct order, but could they really let this man have complete control over their jedi...No they couldn''t most on the jedi council did not even trust the Mand''lor in the first place. Him and his people have fought the jedi a number of times throughout history. They has been puppets of the sith on more than one occasion.


    What''s to say they were not puppets of the sith now, and with them in command they could easily send any jedi to their death and there would be nothing they could do to stop it. They also could not afford to just sit out this war and not send jedi if they did that and the Mandalorians were working for the sith. Then they would be able to portray the jedi as cowards and have them stripped of their title as protectors of the Republic.


    Yoda knew he had to do or say something before it was too late. Luck for him Yadda thought the same and spoke before he had to, "Agree the council can, with conditions that must be meet. Join you we will on matters of this war the council will. Vote we will have on what assignment jedi will have, and final say the council will have on missions that involve our jedi." Windu caught on and continued, " It is like you said you can not trust the jedi would not use your people as cannon fodder, and we can''t trust you will not do the same to our jedi."


    Jack thought for a moment the nodded, " That''s fair I can understand stand why you would not trust me so I will let my actions earn your trust I will allow the council to have the ranks of Generals and you can have as many members as you want present for all war council meetings. I will also leave all jedi assignments to you but jedi in the field fall under their commanding officer chain when the battle begins.


    I will also make the promise to treat your people like me own in the sense that I will not send your people out on suicide missions. Mostly because I don''t think they could finish the mission and second because I don''t think they would ever get the chance as mission like that are volunteer and would mean eternal glory for any Mandalorian."


    The council seemed satisfied with that response so they agreed and terms were set, and now can the questions that Jack knew they were burning up inside to ask. Mace Windu did not disappoint and quickly brought forward the question, "Now for the last topic your force users they can use the dark side of the force can''t they?" Jack did not hesitate, "Yes and so does every member of my order including me and Master Shaak Ti here. You didn''t think the lighting arcing off of her blade when you fought was an effect from her new lightsaber crystal did you?" Jack said with a smile even though none of the council members could see it.


    "Then does that mean you follow the teachings of the sith!" Windu said as he slow got out of his seat, "If it does you do realize same side or not we will not be able to let you leave so I would choose you next words carefully." As he finished speaking more members began to rise and one member used the force to close and seal the doors that lead into the chamber. The top of the chambers had access points that lead into the temple but those were being blocked and jedi knights seemed to pour in. They were waiting on any signal that the council would give to attack the Mandalorians.


    Jack didn''t say anything at first but then a sigh escaped his lips, "Don''t go and jump the gun there Master Jedi no we do not follow the teachings of the sith, for one their dogma is just some of the stupidest things I have ever heard, and two they are just slightly stronger jedi to us which still make them weak in my eyes. No the only difference between us is that my Master taught us to use all parts of the force. Their is not good and evil when it comes to the force. It all depends on the person using it."


    Shaak Ti took decided she would be the one to best explain it to her former colleagues. " Master as one who came from these halls I can tell you for a fact that Jack and his people do not follow the will or teachings of the sith in fact it would not be a stretch to say that they hate the sith more than the jedi do. What they are taught is to have a greater control of the force then either the sith or the jedi do. You teach the jedi here to put aside their emotions and to not draw on the dark side.


    The Mandalorians are taught to let their emotions guide them. To allow the force to move through them in what ever form it takes. They learn to understand their emotions and desires but never let them control themselves. They are closer to the force then any species that they jedi have encounter so far. Mine and Jack''s Masters are some of the strongest force user that have ever lived and I am sure Master Yoda knows who I am speaking of."


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Before it could go any farther Master Yoda rised his hands, "Understand we do sith you are not, something different you are and different is not bad always. End the discussion here we will much to do the council has. Meet again we will soon I foresee."

 45 Blue Team on the Move

    ---Neimoidia space unknown time---


    Sharia at the moment hate everything that had to do with space at the moment. She had been stationed at the edge of the planet of Neimoidia. Sitting just outside of sensor range and the gravity well of the planet, but just close enough to pick up all transmission coming from there.


    Thanks to the newly installed system A.I. that all Mandalorian ship had started to be installed with there were no encrypted transmissions in the galaxy that the Mandalorians could not hack at the moment. So all ship plans, troop movements weapons buys, any and everything was recorded and sent right back to Mandalorian military command.


    She had wanted to just have the ship''s A.I. stationed here to do this just but Jack had stressed that these A.I. had human emotions and would need companions just like normal beings would and sending it out alone was a rather bad idea so. Her she was for the last month playing chess with an A.I. that never lost as they both slowly lost their minds in the emptiness of space.


    "You move commander. Stop being so distracted or you lose 1.5 times faster than you normally do." Jinx said with a smile. Jinx took the form of a pixie with Spartan battle armor. She was covered in a red flimsy and always seemed to have a blood lust smile plastered on her face. Jinx''s statement seem to bring Sharia back from her thoughts as she looked at the board.


    She sighed she was going to lose in 4 moves if Jinx really wanted to end the game or 8 if she was feeling generous, but as a good Mandalorian she would finish the fight no matter how annoying the little bugger got after she won a game. Just before she made her move the ship''s system sent her an alert.


    A priority message was incoming to the planet. Jinx immediately switch off the game and went into observation mode and began decrypting the message. Sharia not to out done started a back trace to see where the message had been sent from and who had sent it. "Commander we might have a problem." Jinx said worry was in her tone of voice.


    Sharia shot back, " Your damn right we have a problem this message came from a jedi...I think his name is Van or Vam. What the hell...why would a jedi be sending a message to the enemy..." Jinx answered that question by showing her the contents of the message.


    "Oh shit... Jack''s not going to be happy about this." All Jinx could do is nod the A.I. like all of her brothers and sister had been given a summery of the history of their leaders life and achievements. She knew better than her commander what their Mand''lor thought about traitors. This was not good...


    ---Kimeno One Month later---


    Blue team was the last to leave as they had to wait for their armors to be brought from New Mandlor and resized on the planet. They also needed to test their equipment before they would be brought to Jack who was still on Coruscant. John still wonder why they could not just test the suits in space, but he did not voice his complaint. He would do what he was told like any other Mandalorian before him.


    The current members of Blue team, John 117, Kelly 087, Fred 104, Linda 058, Kate 320, and Noble or Noble-Six 312 all waited on stand by in one of the conference rooms in the cloning facilities. They had been called here for an unknown reason by Jack''s master Reaven, before any of them started to wonder why they had been called said Master with the Exile in toe walked in to the room.


    Without a word Reaven placed a holo com on the table in the middle of the room and Jack''s body came floating out of it. "Blue team are you combat ready?" John responded immediately, "All members are combat ready and standing by for taking sir." Jack direct his glaze at John, "Good have a mission level black. We have a traitor or group of traitors giving details of operations to enemy assets. I will deal with the traitors here on Coruscant. Your mission will be to insert in enemy controlled space capture the one who received the intel and return for debriefing.


    You don''t have permission to die or be captured is that clear." All of blue team came to attention, "We hear and obey Mand''lor!" Jack nodded, "Good get it done I will see you on Coruscant when miss is complete. You have permission to go dark mission time is set for three days if you have not reported in by then I am bring the fleet to pull your sorry ass out of the firs and then sending back to basic for retraining Mand''lor out."


    With the transmission ending Reaven pulled out 6 light sabers and placed them on the table. With testing on if the clones of Jack retained his force abilities still on going they did not have time to make their own sabers. Reaven took it upon himself to make the sabers for them. "You all have been training to the same extent as your master in the use of these weapons while the force maybe locked to you for the moment, however you all are still some of the best duelist I have ever trained. These sabers will serve you well."


    With that Reaven left the room leaving only blue team and the Exile. She motioned the team to follow her as she lead them to a landing platform. On the platform was a newly crafted stealth frigate based in the designs of a Forrunner Weapon-Ship, only slightly larger and with more firepower. The ship was like all Mandalorian ship black in color with one massive MAC cannon on the front. "This is one of the many new ship varieties that Mand''lor has commissioned he was adamant that your team be the first to use them. On board you will find two squads of Commandos and Arc Troops, and a full crew able to help you in this mission and many more pass this one.


    There are other goodies in side however I will leave that to your crew to explain. Good luck children of Mand''lor. Do not fall for I feel Mand''lor may burn the galaxy as a whole to avenge your loss."


    Now alone with just his team Noble turned to John," What''s the call chief." Without even looking at the man John started walk to the ship as he replied over his shoulder, "Failure is not permitted mission clear conditions 100% survival, and no enemy that we come in contact with survive to tell the tale. Let move people we have a time table to keep."


    ---Neimoidia space---


    Blue Team''s ship jumped into the space. That is correct they did not use one of the hyperspace lanes that lead into the planet. The ship which they named Shadow Fox was equipped with a Battle Star Galactic style engine that allows a ship to fold space and move from one point to another given the engine had enough fuel to power the fold. What would have normal taken a ship from Kimeno a week to get to Neimoidia it took the Shadow Fox three jumps totaling 3 hours. The only limiting factor was the jump drive had to cool after every jump on smaller ships.


    If they pushed the engines they could make multiple jumps but it increased the chances of the engine failing, which would force the ship to use the hyperspace drive instead. The ship moved towards Sharia''s small ship to collect her and get a full mission briefing. The first shoots of the war where about to be fired, and it would come from a black ops mission no less. It would be many years before anyone would learn the history of Blue Team and their many accomplishments during and after the clone wars, but all historians agree first blood would have to go to these Mandalorians.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

 46 The True Mandalorian

    ---Coruscant Two days after meeting with Jedi---


    Jack was relaxed and very confident. He was waiting in the training room of Mandalorian embassy on the arrival of the Dutchess. He had received a report about an hour ago informing him of her arrival. So for the past hour he had been meditating and gathering the force.


    Shaak Ti had been at his side for the past hour gently rubbing his shoulders and back. Jack was going in to this battle bare. The only thing he was wearing was combat pants. His upper body was bare fully showing all the blaster and lightsaber scars he had received over the years. His body was well toned as well muscle rippled over his torso, and his arms where almost as big as his thighs.Gone was the young naive 16 year old boy. Here stood Mand''lor leader of soon to be all Mandalorians in the galaxy.


    Shaak Ti was quite as she ran her fingers along some of the scars on his back. Some women may find this marks a bit unsettling, but not her. Her spices evolved from predators so battle was in their blood. His scars were things she had always seen as very sexy. They only added to the love she felt for the man.


    Jack and Shaak stay like this for another ten minutes before a Mandalorian guard came in to announce the arrival of The Dutchess and her entourage. Jack nodded then went back to his mediation


    Shaak Ti took this moment to gather his armor and weapons and place them off to the side.


    Within moments the Dutchess and her group entered the room. The elders moved to seats provided by Jack. As the Dutchess moved to the center of the room with another Mandalorian in full battle dress.


    The Dutchess spoke first, "As is custom I have arrived at the place you have desired at the time you have placed. With me I bring Pre Vizsla current leader of the Deathwatch of Mandlor." Jack raised and eyebrow, "Deathwatch...thought you kinda scattered when we killed your old leader almost 5 years ago."


    Even with the helmet on Jack could hear the anger in Pre Vizsla voice, "I am here to repay the blood debt, and though we do not agree with Satine we will fight to bring all Mandalorians to heel. Oh and it help that I was told after the fight I would be able to kill you after I won, can''t have your followers rallying behind you after you have been defeated." Again Jack was surprised well not really, "Dutchess seeing how you added conditions to our battle without my notice know that the consequences after the battle ends will be double I do not forgive deception and deceit when it comes with our traditions."


    With Shaak Ti dealing with the Dutchess Jack took this moment to stand. He towered over Pre Vizsla at 2.1 meters to his 1.8. " Where is your armor Mandalorian", Pre Vizsla asked with a sneer. "For the likes of you no armor will be required. Enough talk I have very important things to do after this."


    With that Jack struck out using the power of the force to enhance his movements and power he hit the Mandalorian square in the chest denting the chest plate as Vizsla was sent flying to the other side of the room. Before he hit the wall he used his jet pack to regain his balance as he struggled to catch his breath.


    He drew his blasters and began firing at Jack. His aim while deadly in most situations was off do to the sheer amount of pain he was currently in. Jack did not even dodge the shots as he slowly started walking towards the wounded warrior. Vizsla was struggling to correct his aim as the monstrous man walked ever closer.


    On shot found purchase as it graced his left shoulder burning part of the skin off, but Jack was un phased in his walk. He dusted his damaged shoulder, "Hmm that ticked a bit, but if you want to live I suggest you try harder than that." Once again calling upon the force Jack seemed to appear right in front of Vizsla and knocking both blasters out of the man''s hands, right before kicking the man in the right shin.


    Vizsla was brought down to his knee hurt but still focused. He reached for his vibro knife and attempted to stab Jack in the chest. Once again un phased Jack grabbed his hand before the man could complete his strike and broke his wrists then in one fluid motion threw the man over his shoulder, and at same time ripped his jet pack off of his back. Vizsla was agin sent flying only this time with no pack to help him he hit the wall full force knocking the wind out of him.


    He watch in horror as Jack with his bear hands crushed the jet pack like a can of soda and tossed it to the side, "You wont be needing that ever again once I am done with you. Stand up Mandalorian there is much to learn and so little time to teach it." Vizsla for the first time in his life was afraid. He had never seen a man move as fast as this one did. Hell even Jedi did not move that fast, and he is strong monstrous so.


    In Desperation he shot his wrist grappler at his feet in a hope to tie him up and trip him. The shot rang true as it rapped around Jack''s feet and locked, but when Vizsla went to pull the man it felt like he was trying to pull a mountain. Jack stopped and reached down to the cables, and with on swift motion ripped the wire off his feet and pulled Vizsla to him.


    The man shot at Jack like a cannonball fired from a cannon. In mid air Jack caught the man by the throat and broke his other wrist. Then rised the man into the air turned him on his back and brought him down over his knee hard. The arena went silent as the moment Vizsla back made contact with Jack''s knee a sickening crack was heard by all.


    Vizsla layed there unmoving in complete shock. He could no longer feel his legs, and the pain...the pain was madding he wanted to pass out but something was forcing him to stay awake through all of it. Jack then dragged the man to a walk and sat him up right.


    "Know this is your punishment for your disrespect to me. I will not take your life for it now belongs to me. I will keep you like this for a year while you learn humility and then I will rebuild you and make you a far stronger Mandalorian then you could ever hope to be on your own." With that Jack walked away from the man straight towards the pale Satine Kryze.


    Stopping just in front of her he stared her down his gray colored irises stared her down. She felt like he was looking at her very being. Like a predator looking for any signs of weakness in front of its prey. " Your punishment however has only just begun. From this moment on Old Mandalor belongs to me. Every piece of land every building, every blade of grass, all the air and every person is mine. You will report to New Mandalor in one weeks time and you will bring everyone of the people that make up your power base. If I find that even one of your people were left behind on that planet.


    I will kill them and ever member of this family right down to the children then I will once again double you up coming punishment. The current elder council of Old Mandalor is now dissolved and all clans associate with the elders shall have all titles stripped and removed. They will vacate their clan compounds and they too will report to New Mandalor in two weeks time. As I will not hold you responsible for them if they fail to listen to my order the same faith will befall them only that will not be added to your punishment. Now get out of my facility and my sight."


    Dutchess Satine Kryze well former Dutchess visibly shuck through Jack entire speech, and when he was finished she said nothing. She just bowed and quickly turned on her heels and ran out of the room. Quickly followed by the Elders that had come with her. No one spared a glance at the fallen Pre Vizsla. They could not worry about the man for his faith had already been decided. They need to worry about following the Mand''lor''s orders if they had any chance of surviving this whole ordeal.


    Soon the room was empty again as medic can and retrieved Vizsla broken body, and once agin it was only Shaak Ti and Jack. Turing to his lover Jack asked in a quite voice, " Do you believe I was too harsh in this." Shaak Ti shuck her head no, "You are Mand''lor leader of the strongest warriors in all of the galaxy. Apprentice to the strongest force weidner knew throught history. You must show dominance at all times for if you show weakness the vipers will strike out. It is not a life that many can walk but you do it well and wear your honor proudly."


    She hugged her lover as he let his weight rest against her. Here in this moment was the only time Jack ever dropped his mask. The only time he was allowed to be who he was inside, and in the moment he dropped to one knee and faced his love, his rock, his everything. " I may walk this path but I do not do so alone. Shaak Ti will you walk this road with me now and forever will you become my wife and live with what ever I become for better or for worse."


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

 47 Obi-Wans Plea

    Obi-Wan was frantic He had just received a message about Satine challenging Mand''lor of the New Mandalorians for his title and control of all Mandalorians in the galaxy which was already bad. Then a few minutes before he could even leave the temple to head to the Mandalorian embassy he received more news that she had lost in her challenge.


    Obi-Wan knew what that would mean. He was very familiar with Mandalorian customs. The winner could do what he wanted with the loser of such a challenge. He had to make it to the embassy as quickly as possible. Hopefully he could plea for a bit of mercy on Satine Kryze part. If that failed he would atlest try and get her put of their even if that ment he would never be allowed back to the jedi.


    He would save her or die trying. Obi-Wan''s speeder quickly landed at one of the many landing platform at the building. Mandalorian guards also noticed his arrival and moved to intercept. "Identity yourself and state your business!" One of the guards yelled, but time was of the essence so he tried to use the force to mind trick the guards into letting him pass. "You dont need me to identify myself, and you will take me to see Mand''lor."


    If this had been a guard that Coruscant normally provided for an embassy this would have worked, but Jack did not trust most on the planet so he brought his own people here to guard their embassy. The guards were Earth born Mandalorians. That trick was not going to fly on this people not one but as one of the guards brought his weapon to bear on Obi-Wan.


    "Your damn right we are going to bring you to Mand''lor, but not for the reason you think. Trying to pull that jedi mind trick on us you have lost you God damn mind fucking jedi hands on your head right now!" Obi-Wan was shocked this was not going how he planned but before he could act 20 more guards came pouring out of the building. All of them had weapons drawn. If he did not comply it would be likely he would not even make pass the front door.


    Slowly he rised his hands and placed them on his head. The guards quickly arrested him a d took away his lightsaber. The cuffs they place on him seemed to inhibit his ability to use the force which was another red flag, but there was little to be done now. As he was marched right inside and straight to the Mand''lor. It was not long before he found him self standing front of a large door all the guards surrounding him still had weapons trained on him just in case he made any attempt to free himself.


    Jack saw the jedi in question and smiled, " Thank you gentlemen but you can release that jedi I happen to know him quite well he is no threat." The men followed his order and Obi-Wan had the cuffs removed and his weapon returned to him. The guards give their Mand''lor a salute then quickly exited the room. " So what can I do for you knight Kenobi.


    Obi-Wan prepared himself then spoke, " I know that Dutchess Satine Kryze has challenge you and lost I am her to ask that you grant her mercy. I will be forever in you debt if you do." Jack laughed and Shaak Ti giggled at the side, "Well now this is a refreshing surprise. To think Obi-Wan Kenobi the jedi who use to have a stick up his ass has fallen in love and with a Mandalorian no less. Oh I will definitely have to tell father about this."


    Obi-Wan was startled he didn''t know what to say in this situation. Before he could say anything in his defense Jack continued, "Fear not my friend I have not killed Satine Kryze I simply stripped her of her title and all benefits she has received from it. I planned to move her back to my home world and place her under house arrest for a few years while I separate her old power base and scatter them throughout my systems, but I could have her station here just for you if you like. She would still be under house arrest but with you visiting her I am sure she will feel better about it."


    The worry that had been plaguing Obi-Wan visibly faded, and he let loose a breath he didn''t know he was holding in. It was Shaak Ti that spoke next," Let''s do that dear and quickly inform father that his old padawan is following in his footsteps. Like father like son I suppose." Obi-Wan quickly looked at Shaak Ti, "Father what do you mean?" With out missing a beat Shaak Ti showed Obi-Wan her left hand and on the ring finger was a ring with a sky blue diamond with a besakar band wrapped around it. "As for 10 minutes I have been engaged and will soon be Shaak Ti Skywalker wife to Mand''lor and Mandalorian myself."


    For Obi-Wan this was great news as he had come in a moment when Jack would have been his happiest so giving out mercy would not weigh to heavy on his mind." Well then let me be the first to congratulate you two do you have a date planned for the wedding." Before Jack could Answer he received and emergency holo call from Sharia code black. He looked at the data she had sent him and his happy face quickly turn into a frown.


    "Obi-Wan do you happen to know a Jedi Knight called Vam." Obi-Wan nodded, " I do he is one of the jedi senators why what''s wrong." Jack did not answer immediately but then followed up with a question, " Do the jedi council have complete oversight on the jedi that enter the Senate or do they let them do things on their own." Obi-Wan was not sure he liked this line of questioning but answered Jack as best he could, " The council at most gives jedi a general direction to head in, besides giving out occasional missions and holding promotions ceremonies they largely leave jedi to their own devices outside of the temple."


    Jack seemed to relax a bit as he mumbled to himself, "Good then it is unlikely that his act was on the orders of the jedi council...more than likely he is acting alone or with his group of senators. I need to bait them out just to be sure, and confirm with the jedi council that he is acting without their orders." Obi-Wan could not hear what Jack was saying but felt he need to interject some what," If you need any help I am here I did say I would owe you a favor that I would never be able to pay back, atlest let me start paying it."


    This brought Jack out of his thoughts as he looked at the man, " Well then can you see if you can get Master Windu and Master Yoda to meet me here in three days time I need to discuss something with them, and if they ask just tell them it is of great importance. For now I need to go and visit Chancellor Valorum to finish our attack plans so I will have to bid you farewell for now. Do come and vist more often father and mother will be returning to Coruscant in a few days and it would he him well to see a friend."


    With that Jack turned to leave with Shaak Ti in toe as they headed to the Senate building to meet with the Chancellor in his office. Obi-Wan also took this moment to leave and head back to the jedi council to deliver the message he had been given. He did not know what was bother Jack but if it had something to do with the jedi then it was not good. More and more Obi-Wan was starting to see the flaws in the way the order had been operating. More and more he was beginning to see that his Master decision to leave may have been the correct one.


    Jack and Shaak ride to the Senate hall was a quick flight as they quickly made their way to the Chancellor''s office. After a check of identification they were brought in to see the man. On his desk lay stacks of paper as they could see the man furious going through them as fast as he could. Jack could feel the fatigue the man possessed. As Valorum slowly looked up from his desk to see who had entered. " Ah Mand''lor to what do I owe this pleasure." Jack cut right to the point, " One of the Jedi senators has betrayed the Republic he has sent information from the Senate session four days ago to some one on Neimoidia about an hour ago."


    Chancellor Valorum paled at the news, " The jedi have betrayed us...?" Jack shuck his head no, " I do not believe it was on the orders of the Jedi council, I believe he is acting alone or with the help of his other jedi senators. I have a meeting with some in the council I can trust in three days to confirm. Of it is was the council who ordered it I will deal with the jedi personal, but again I doubt it will come to that. What I have come here to do was to inform you of the information leak as well as to formalize the next steps we will take."


    Valorum nodded, " Then what steps should we take Mand''lor." Jack smiled, " Bait the trap and catch the traitors. So let''s call a session meeting were we discuss the plan of action tell the Senate that in 9 months time the fleets will be assembled and ready to attack then on the 10 month we will launch the assault. However the truth of the matter is we will be ready in 5 months and launch the attack in 6 and this will only be known to you and me that way if the jedi sends the session information it is unless and we have our evidence."

 48 The Trap is Se

    The meeting with the Jedi Jack had three days later went as expected. Master Yoda and Windu were both shocked to learn of the dealings Knight Vam was performing. When asked if the council had any knowledge of his actions both Master plainly stated the no. They quickly wanted to take action against the jedi but Jack had plans for the man and asked the Master to hold off on any actions.


    They agreed reluctantly but as Jack assured them that the jedi would take no responsibility for any further actions the man committed the two Master relaxed. With the meeting concluded Jack Jack informed the Chancellor of his findings before he set off for the Senate session that was scheduled for the day.


    As he arrived the session was already in full swing. The Chancellor had just announced that Jack was going to be the Supreme Commander of the Combined Forces for the upcoming war. He also announced the few Generals that would be joining him for his war command. Jack was pay close attention to what Jedi Senator Vam was doing during all of the announcements.


    The man seemed uninterested in any of the proceedings but Jack knew better. He had an A.I. one that he planned on giving to John called Cortana hack into the Senators platform systems and motion his actions. As was expected he was recording the data on drive that was hidden under the controls to the platform. Jack instructed Cortana to change all information recorded. He did not need his allies Generals targeted before the war even began.


    After the announcement that operations would begin in 10 months time the session came to a close. Now was the waiting game if the man sent this information to Neimoidia his fate was as good as sealed.


    ---Coruscant Jedi Temple two hours after Session---


    Things had been going well for Vam. He was able to secure the plans of attack in the coming months with out issues. He was also able to get the names of many commanding officers for the war effort. He would not send all the names to his contact as killing off some many commanders would cause too much negative backlash for the war. He only planned to send the names of office that had good relations to the Mandalorians. To further destroy any good will they had built up.


    Making his way through the temple Vam came across one of his loyalist and passed off the information to him to send off. Last time he had sent the information himself but that was too risky. He had to distance himself from as much of this as he could just in case it is discovered that information was leaked to the enemy. Vam planned to make look like a few greedy Senators had been selling the information to make a profit. He wanted no blow back to come to the jedi much less on to himself.


    If things went as planned then in 10 months the Mandalorians force that would attack those planets would find their fleets out gunned and out maneuvered. The loss of those fleets would be more than enough for him to push a vote through to have the Mandalorians removed from command. Still with everything that was going so well he could help feel like something was wrong. He couldn''t let that stop him though he had come to far to stop now. What he was doing was the correct choice atlest that''s what he told himself.


    Little did he know that all of these thoughts and feelings where not truly his. A certain Dark lord of the sith had been slowly influencing the foolish jedi over the past few months. Though Palpatine could no longer show himself in the Senate that did not mean he had lost his influence over that part of the government. He had meet with the jedi on more than one occasion not that the man would remember it. Sith alchemy was a pathway to power many would call unnatural. Mind control was one of such ability.


    The sith had returned from Genocides in an attempt to get a meeting with the leader of the Mandalorians, and try and convince them to join his side for a glorious battle that would bring honor to him and his people. But try as he might none of his contacts could arrange a meeting between him and the Mand''lor so far. If Palpatine was anything he was patient he would bide his time in the shadows of the Republic until the moment was right and he could strike. It was only a matter of time....


    ---New Mandalor Space---


    Jack left Coruscant a few days after the session until the information was sent their was no point in waiting around plus he had an appointment to keep with Satine Kryze and her lot in a few days. So he returned back home to rest and plan. He also would need to tell his mother about him and Shaak Ti getting married soon as he would pay the price if he didn''t do it in person. He also wanted to make sure Blue teams armor was finished on time as if the message was sent they were going to be the ones who he would send after the informant. It would be a good shack down mission for the team.


    While he was lost in thoughts his soon to be wife took the opportunity to snuggle up to her husband and run her fingers through his head. Placing her head on his shoulder she whispered in his ear," Jack I want a baby." All thought processes in Jack''s head immediately shut down to reboot. After have a blank stare for took like for Shaak liking he turned to her, "You want a baby?" He asked to confirm what he thought he heard. She nodded with an infatuating smile. "Hmm ok but can you and I you know even make a baby...I mean we are different species and all would that even work."


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    She laughed, how could she forget that Jack and the Mandalorians of New Mandalor just recently entered the galactic stage so of course they would not know of everything ever spices was capable of. "Oh you need not worry about that all you need to do is stay awake after Satine Kryze and her lot leave. I dont plan on letting you leave the house until I am pregnant."


    Jack could only sigh he was in for a long few weeks, but it''s not like it would be all bad. Not with his wife to be at his side. Meanwhile planet side the people of earth where busy doing what they do best. Preparing for war. Hundreds of Canderous-class assault tank, and Scorpion Class Tanks were rolling out of factories all arcoss the planet. All assortment of weapons, armor, vehicles, and space ships were flying off assembly at lighting speed.


    However Earth''s crowning achievement did not lay on the planet not it floated in space in a fixed orbit always facing the sun as to not give away its creation. The former USNC Infinity now remained in this universe as the Ravenger floated fully constructed in space. The ship was a massive 10 kilometers long and was busting out of the seems with weapons. Its design was slightly modified to include retractable wings for landing fighter and bomber craft and launch tubes that were arranged at the top and bottom of the ship for launching its fighters and bombs out into combat. Their also was forward and rear landing hangar for the movement of larger landing and transport shuttles.


    The ship had some of the most advanced engines in the known galaxy as like with Blue teams frigate the ship had the ability to jump from one point of the galaxy in mere seconds. However unlike the frigate with the ships advanced cooling system it too minutes not hours for the ship to perform another jump. The ship also had the ability to take one two full legions that''s four battalions per legion for a total of 500 thousand troops with all their equipment. With numbers like that the ship could control three full stars system by itself alone.

 49 Satine Kryzes Turmoil

    To say that was nervous Satine Kryze would be an understatement. If she was not strapped in to her chair right now. She is sure she would be on the ground looking like a nervous wreck. She had been dredging this flight to New Mandalor for the last week.


    After threatening and almost kill several people she had some how managed to get her entire power base on an old transport ship just in the nick of time. Now they were on final approach to the planet an tensions in the ship were rising, but what could Satine do. She had rolled the dice and lost and this was part of the punishment of her choice.


    Maybe if she had not listened to the old fools in the elder council no of this would have happened. Or maybe if she had followed Obi-Wan advice and tried to make peace with them things could have been different. Ah Obi-Wan there was a good chance she would never see the man again. She left in such a hurry off of Coruscant she didn''t even get a chance to vist him. She had told her self at the time she would show up at the temple with Jack''s men in toe to surprise the man.


    How foolish she had been. She never even got the chance to tell the man how she feels about him. While this thoughts were running through her heard the transport ship dropped over of hyperspace just shy of the star system. The pilots throught something had gone wrong with the engines. That was until two massive Mandalorian frigates appeared almost out of nowhere right in front of them.


    Alerts where going off inside of the transport. As their systems screamed at them that weapons had been locked on. The frigates sent messages asking for their purpose in this system. The captain of the transport sent word back that they were carry political refugees from Mandalor on the orders of Dutchess Satine Kryze. Though the transport pilots could not hear it. The captain''s of the two frigates were absolutely crying right now along with most of their command staff.


    They had been informed that Satine Kryze former Dutchess of Old Mandalor would be making her way into the sector. They were also told the truth surrounding the circumstances just in case someone on the ship tried to pull anything. However they were professionals and they would not bring shame to their Mand''lor. The frigate captains sent word for the to move alone and fly in the directed vector.


    The transport acknowledged the commands when one of the pilots looked ways for a moment to see the course he was greeted with a scream the next second. He looked at his co pilot only to see him staring out side looking at empty space. "Where do-" Before he could finish the other pilot just shuck his head. Not willing to dwell on the issue the ship started it flight to the planet.


    As the ship moved in to the asteroid field separating the inner planets from the outer ones. Satine Kryze saw thousands of mining operations collecting raw materials form the seemly endless field of resources. Now that they were closer to the system''s sun she could that something had in cased it. It seemed like these people where even collecting the energy from their own sun. Just like before in the outer planets every world in the inner section were colonized.


    The trip was coming to an end as the ship approached New Mandalor. Satine Kryze felt like she was looking at a smaller version of Coruscant. The whole planet looked like a giant city. She could see a steam.of ship entering and leaving the planet. As they entered the atmosphere of the planet she was able to get a better look at the architecture of the planet and she was shocked. This planet was one of the most advanced she had ever seen. Form just the designs of the buildings to the look of the speeders in use.


    Everything looked as they it was 100 year ahead of the current technology. As they passed over one of the many space ports on the planet she saw what she thought was a capital ship sitting in a hangar. Well she thought it was a capital ship it was too big to be anything else. Just who are these monsters it had been 5 years at most since they had entered the galactic stage. How did they manage to pull this off.


    Satine Kryze knew if she did not die after this meeting she would do everything in her power to discover just how they had managed to become this advance this quickly. The trip came to an end as they landed in front of a very large compound. Outside of the compound gate were several people standing at a attention with one sitting in a chair in the middle of the others. With the shuttle landed Satine Kryze got a better look at the ground and noticed who had been sitting outside in the chair.


    Jack was sun bathing in a beach chair when the transport ship finally arrived and landed. He could hear someone frantically running towards him causing him to look up just in time to see Satine kneeling on the ground. " As ordered I have arrived to the planet with my people in one weeks time what are my following order sir." Jack looked at the watch on his wrist and nodded happily, " Ah right on time with 20 minutes to spare. Keep that up and I may have to grant you your title back, but I digress on to business.


    Your people will wait here transports are on the way to show them to their new residents. As of this moment they are on house arrest for the next 8 months after that they will be free to move around the planet as much as they want however they will not permit to leave the world for two years. As for you I have an assignment for you to complete."


    Satine Kryze was quite surprised. She was sure he was going to simply kill her and her people that what she would have done if she where in his situation. She however was not about to look a gifted house in the mouth and just went with it, " As you command Mand''lor. My life is yours to do as you see fit." Jack looked at her eyebrow rised," Yea you can stop with that kiss ass shit just talk normally. Truth be told I was just going to leave you on this planet for the next 5 years but Obi-Wan came to my office to plead for mercy for you. As a favor to the man I am going to send you to Coruscant to help with my Senators in the Senate.


    You will still be under house arrest but a modified version of it. You can go where the Senators send you and back to the residence, and you can have some visitors. They however will have to be vetted before you are allowed to see them along with a few other stipulations, but we will get all of that sorted when we get inside. Come its lunch time and I am starving."


    Satine Kryze mind was in turmoil at this moment. Obi-Wan had asked for mercy for her. Did he care for her, what was the cost he had to pay for this, is this way her punishment is so light right now. A thousand things were running through her mind but she still manage to absently follow behind Jack into the building. This was going to be a long day but atlest she was still alive.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.

 50 Black Out part 1

    ---Neimoidia Space: One month later---


    We now return to the present time. John and Blue Team where getting the briefing on all targets. As it turns out the jedi''s contact was not just one person but one of the many intelligence agencies in the capital Koto-Si. The plan was for the team to insert right over the target building.


    Locate one high ranking official and bring them in. Their exit point would be one mile outside of the city. So they would have to secure transport once the target was secured. They would have a QRF on stand by incase they became pinned down at some point. However they wanted to keep this as quite as possible. To aid in the mission Jixn would hack the commutation coming from the building.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    They would have a window of about 20 mins before someone would notice something was going on. The time table would be tight but John had 100% confidence that him and his team could pull it off. With all the planning finished John and the rested entered a new drop ship in the hanger of the Ravenger. A newly designed sheath pelican would bring them planet side under the cover of darkness.


    Turning to the rest of Blue Team John gave them one last once over. Happy that all of their equipment was in good order he gave them one last pep talk," Let this be the first of many missions. We are the sword in the dark for the Mand''lor. We are the first arrow shot in this war. We will not fail...For Mand''lor...For Glory, And For all that come after us. Blue Team Move Out!"


    No more words were needed even with all of their armor on John could feel the excitement coming off his men and women. They were more than ready for such a task, and for anything that got in their way god rest their souls for they would never know how they died or what killed them.


    The ride in space was quite as it always was. The pelican slipped into the planets atmosphere without so much as a smoke trail. Passing over the city John could see many of the buildings lights were off as many of the workers of the city had gone home for the night. Many would be completely unaware of the attack that was about to happen right at in their capital.


    The team move as one as the entered and secured the hall way. At the end of the hallway they spotted a door way leading to stairs on one side and an elevator on the other. "Looks like we are going to get some cardio in boys and girls." Fred(Blue 3) stated. The group moved down the stairs to the first door they saw.


    Slightly jarring the door Nobel 6(Blue 6) peeked into the room. He noticed that there was no one inside so he motioned for the team to move in. Inside the room was a wall of monitors and computers. "Looks like we found the security room good makes the job easier." Linda( Blue 4) stated. Blue 2 moved to one of the many computers and uploaded the teams A.I. virus to scrabble the security systems of the building and locate a target for them. "System is now clean, and I have a location for potential target. Two leaves below us should be an executive still in the board room. Could see inside of the room but his or her guards are watching that whole floor."


    John nodded so far the mission had go with out a hitch but things could always change. Silently the team moved back out into the hall way heading to another set of stairs further in. Along the way however they made contact with a roving security team moving towards their direction. The team push their body''s up against near by door frames and activated a camo function placed in their suits.


    They became almost near invisible the only give away would be the light that would curve along the edges of their body, but if you were not actively looking for one of them you would never notice they were there. As the security team passed by John motioned for Kate (Blue 5), and Blue 6 to take the two Neimoidian out. Both team members crept up behind the guards and took out their vibro knives and in one swift motion.


    Grabbed the back of their heads and slipped the knives right at the base of their skulls killing them instantly. Not waiting to leave evidence of the attack out in the open Blue 6 found a utility closet right next to the security room and place his and Blue 5 bodies there. With everything now looking normal again the Team moved back down the hall way and into the stairs.


    They moved to the target level without any issues but before they entered the door John had them place a silencing device right on the wall leading into the room. This would cancel all the noise that would be come from this floor for 5 minutes. As soon as the device was place John had the team stack up on the door. Giving the go sign Blue 2 actived the device and Blue 3 cracked the door and tossed a flash bang inside.


    After waiting the 2 seconds it would take for the grenade to go off John rushed the room. Inside he could see 6 Neimoidians visibly on his side of the room, and another 3 in his peripheral vision near Blue 2 side. Not one to waste a moment John raised a silence pistol and took shots at his targets. Killing all six with well placed head shots. Turing to help Blue 2 John relaxed when he saw she had dropped her targets as well. Eight more bodies joined the count as all of her targets also got bullets in their skulls. The room had been clear on Blue 3 and 4''s side so they moved up along with Blue 5 and 6 to the last door in the room.


    This lead to the conference room where the executive should still be. With the device still active Blue 5 entered the room and scanned for the target. Spotting the Neimoidian female laying back in a chair. She was completely unaware of invaders that had just entered the room. She was just so tired from all of the work today that she just wanted to take a nap. She had been thankful when the room went really quiet a few seconds ago. Not truly understanding that all sounds had been silenced.


    Maybe if she had been in the middle of a conversation with someone she would have noticed the glaring difference. She would have had time to hit her panic button that was hidden in her pocket. She might have been able to put up a small fight then, but the truth of the matter is she had not been paying attention. So when a black bag came over her head and she was slammed to the ground so hard the wind came out of her. When she her hands and feet were tied up and a gag was put in her mouth. She still had no idea what the hell was going on.


    With the target secured it was now time for the team to make an exit. John had to decide if the team was going to take the stairs to the garage level or the elevator. If they took the stairs it was less likely someone would spot them and if they did in counter some one they would have options to either take them out or hide. Down side is it may take too long to get to the bottom. They were atlest 200 to 220 floors up, and they only had a 20 minute window.

 51 Black Out part 2

    The ride down the elevator was quite. So far the team had made down 100 floors without any problems. It was beginning to look as though they would get through this with about any issues and be back before the time limit.


    Their target had begun to struggle a bit but with her hands and feet tied she was not going to be able to cause them any real problems. During one of her "fits" Something dropped out of her pockets and landed face down on the floor of the elevator. The device started to blink red causing John to notice it.


    Before he could pick what ever it was up Sharia came blaring arcoss the radio. "Blue Team you have incoming! Multiple bogeys are converging on your position! What The Hell Happened!" John''s mind went into overdrive as he stopped the elevator mid floor. He firgure the device had to be a sort of panic button, however he didn''t know if who ever was responding to the button had GPS on the button or on the person it was ment for. " New plan Everyone out of the elevator we are taking the side of the building out. Blue 5 and 6 out the top and clear the floor above. Blue 3 and 4 stay with the target and move behind me and 2. Let''s move people"


    The team moved with a purpose as Blue 5 and 6 opened the top hatch of the elevator and climbed out quickly followed by 4 and 3. Blue 6 forced open the door to the floor above them just enough so he could see what was beyond it. Like all of the other floors the elevator was in a closed room separate from the rest of the hallway.


    Motioning for the rest of the Team they quickly made their way into the room. Well all but John as he set the elevator back in motion then jumped out of the moving elevator into the hands of Blue 2. He also left a little suprising in the elevator that if he had guessed correctly would find if they were tracking the beacon instead of the person. Climbing out of the elevator shaft John signaled for the group to moves they headed to the nearest window.


    ---Koto-Si Financial District---


    It had been a normal night for Zal Emdi local sector police. It had been a slow night stopping a couple of kids from vandalizing a store front. A couple of speeding tickets here and there. It was almost time for his shift to end, hopefully he can make it to one of the late night restaurants so he could grab som- " All units in the financial district converge on the CIC building. We have a level 5 alert this is not a drill I repeat converge on the CIC.." Zal''s radio was on emergency repeat function. This was bad something big was going on and he couldn''t get out of it.


    Making it to the garage level of the building before he could bring his speeder inside he was stopped by some of the droids that had made it their before him. " Hey what''s the deal we were called in for the alert how can you stop the police from entering!" Yelled one of Zal fellow officers. The droid just stared at the man blankly as it repeated the same line, " This is a matter that the military have taken over please secure the perimeter."


    Zal wanted to help his fellow officer but about 2 seconds later he would come to thank the droid for saving their lives. At that exact moment an explosion ripped through the garage level of the building. Anything that would have been inside of the building at that level would have been vaporized in a second. Thankfully all of the police had been forced to stay out side as only the droids had any casualties.


    Before Zal could start to thank his lucky stars something caught his eyes near the 90th floor of the building. It looked as though some glasses had been busted out of the building. He couldn''t be sure but he also didn''t want to draw attention to himself if there was something. He was sure that the captain on scene would make him enter the building and check it out, and after witnesses that explosion that was the last thing he wanted to do.


    So taking this opportunity to play stupid Zal decided he would fake an injury to get out of the area. Playing like he had gone slightly deaf from the explosion. He was taken out of the area to go get check out at a near by hospital. Later when Zal looked back at his actions he would come to say that single action had come to save his life. For out of all 60 police officers that had been called to that scene on 5 made it out alive. Those five had survived do to being hurt from the first explosion and removed from the area. It''s still classified what killed the others that day, and Zal is smart enough not to ask questions about it.


    ---Side of CIC Building---


    The explosion had worked out nicely as who ever was looking for their target had been tracking that beacon. So no one noticed as the team slipped down the side of the building. John knew with such a large explosion even though it was underground would still draw more attention then they needed. Speed would be the key to them getting off this planet. After reaching the ground John turned to his team, "We have 60 hostiles between us and a ride out of here go loud you are weapons free."


    With those words were like a switch that turned Blue Team into complete monsters. Blue 2 wasted no time and opened fire with her modified battle rifle scoring three kills right off the back. Blue 3 and 4 also begain opening firing. It was not until the 10 guy dropped that the Neimoidians noticed something was wrong. One turned to face the building and saw what he could only describe as heavy armored droids rushing at them. Before he could warn the others however a bullet entered his brain and spread his brain matter all over the officer that had been next to him.


    She had enough time to tell the others that they were under attack. Then she to took a bullet to her head. Weaving in and out of the parked speeders John advance on the hostiles. He was a machine taking shots at targets as they came into to view, shooting as he moved from cover to cover. Every shot he took killed a target, and it was not just him every members of the team were copying him to the letter. Blue 6 had it the worst as he was carrying the target over his shoulder but he still keep up with the others no problem.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    The police forces where heavily out gunned in this situation. They were dropping like flies they could not even get a good look at what ever was shooting at them. Every time one of the put their head in the open they would get a bullet to the brain pan. Soon many of the officers began having mental break downs right there in the middle of the fire fight. The captain of the police had seen enough. They had watched as 35 of her 60 officers get gunned down without so much as a word from the group of people who where shooting at them.


    The shooting had stopped now that none of her officers were sticking their heads out of cover. Taking a chance she rised her hands above her head as she slowly moved out of cover. " Wait! Dont shoot! For Godess''s sake dont shot! What do you want why are you attacking us!" John was a but stunned he did not expect this situation, " You name and rank!" John shouted over the fires that had been burning around the Captain. "Ro Bretra Captain of the local police force. Again what do you want why have you attacked us."


    John did not pay her any attention as he was busy raising Command on the radio, " Blue 1 to Command, we have a situation here. Blue team was forced to go loud do to obstacles stopping or exit. Hostile forces have surrendered what are instructions." "Blue Team Command here, how many surrendered forces are we talking." John took a quick head count, " About 25 with your permission we would like to secure them as well we have transport that can hold them and help us to the exit point quickly."


    The line went silent for a moment then jumped back to life, " Permission granted pelican enroute to exit point ETA 8 mikes command out." John then directed his attention back to the police captain cutting her off in mid sentence, " Look I don''t really give a damn about you or your officers but I will give you one chance all of you lay your weapons on the floor cuff your hands and make your way on to the troop transport shuttle right this instance or I will kill each and everyone. You have two minutes starting now."


    Before Ro Bretra could say anything she hear the sounds of her fellow officers throwing their weapons to the floor and cuffing themselves. Some of them even made it to the transport that the attackers were talking about. She sighed in the face of death who wouldn''t want to fight for any bit of hope you can. She could not in good faith tell them not to listen to who ever this was. For she might be shoot the moment she opens her mouth to do so.

 52 Black Out part 3

    Ro Bretra was confused at the situation she was finding her self in. On the one hand she had somehow survived the massacre that took place just a few minutes ago at the CIC building, but on the other hand she was now at the mercy of the same people who had done the massacre just minutes earlier.


    She and a few others had seen their attackers when they had boarded the front of the shuttle, and she was utterly shocked that 6 people had caused so much death in the spand of a few minutes. During the ride to where ever they were going a few of Ro Bretra officers had gotten the idea that they could take the 6 on now that they were in an enclosed space.


    That idea had quickly been shut down when one of the attackers entered the back room. The began checking for hidden weapons and taking the means to unlock the cuffs that where placed on them. A few officers had indeed slipped their cuffs and had keep a few weapons on them. When the man or machine had gotten close they tried to get the jump on it.


    Key word in this is tried, and the man quickly grabbed on of his attackers by the neck and held him as a shield as another officer attempted to open fire on him. Instead he hit the officer being used as a shield. Tossing the now dead officer he punched another attacker right in the chest caving the poor women''s chest cavity killing her. The giant of a man walked up to the last attacker as he struggled to get the dead body off of him.


    Only to find a boot right on his neck. With out a word the man crushed his windpipe leaving the officer to choke to death, and went back to his orderly task. No one tried anything after that as their original number of 25 just dropped to 22 it was plain to anyone else that their leader had been speaking the truth he really did not give a damn one way or the other about them.


    So Ro just focused on getting through each moment one step at a time hopefully she would live to tell the tale but at this rate it did not seem like this was likely.


    John and Blue Team had their own problems at the moment. Trying to get thro6the city in what amounts to a military tank without being noticed was proving to be more difficult then first imagined. They had to stay off of any many speeder lanes as to many people would see them. So forced to take lanes less traveled but them into a maze of some sort. They were quickly becoming turned around.


    With the stile radio inside of the vehicle they new that the planet''s security forces where on the look out for the vehicle they were in. So going back was not an option. With only 4 minutes left until they need to reach the pick up zone John decided stealth was now off the table. He gunned the transport straight up and over the skyline of the city. Spotting the landing zone he gunned it towards the point.


    John had let command know they had hostiles following behind them. In response a second pelican was launched this one not caring about stealth in the lest screamed into the atmosphere to catch up with the first one to lunch. The QRF was informed that they now how a time limit to get all assets off the ground before parted of the city was glassed to cover up the operation.


    Blue them were now flooring it to get to the exit point as more and more speeders where following behind them. Blue 5 and 6 were now tossing out the explosives and nailing a few of the speeders in the process. Causing massive fire balls to crash into part of the city. John knew it was only a matter of time till the whole planet was aware of their actives. At that point their would be no way for them to get out of the system.


    Pushing the transport to his limits they arrive to the drop off point in minutes. After landing the force their prisoners behind the transport and in to cover while they take up defensive positions to hold out until their evacuate arrives. With in seconds the first of the many speeders following them start to arrive. The passengers in them are killed as quickly as they exit their vehicles. Pouring rounds down ranger Blue tram turns the field in front of the blue with Neimoidian blood as more than 30 bodies litter the ground.


    It is not enough however as more and more security forces start to land. Their suppressing fire is enough to make Blue team take cover and start to fall back. Things begin to lock grim as the enemy forces slowly try and box them end. Seeing that these unknown forces have stopped firing back the security force take the chance to rush their positions.


    This rush is cut short by a barrage of missile fire sent out but two pelicans. As they scream arcoss the sky and into the landing point. 30 Arc troopers coming pouring out of one ship as they lay suppressing fire down on the security forces stopping their advance cold.


    John uses this chance to get his HPVs on top the second transport and out of the combat zone. With all parties loaded The Arc Troopers reload onto their pelican and both transport take off straight into space. With the transports safely out of the combat zone John calls in a strike on that position as well as the building they had just been at. As the pelican leave atmosphere John looks out of the front just in time to see a purplish beam go screaming into the planet from the Ravenger. If they were on the ground they would see the area they were just in hand been turned into molten glass.


    Along with anyone who was still in that vicinity. Another beam went flying into the planet only this one set fire to the area around the CIC building. All evidence of Blue Teams attack had been wiped from existence, and thanks to the virus that Blue 2 had placed into the computer system in the building the rest of the planet would believe a gas leak caused and explosive and set that block on fire killing everyone in the area.


    "Blue 1 to command mission complete no KIA reported inform Mand''lor of mission success, as well as the capture of 23 surrendered and 1 HPV." " Blue 1 this is Command good copy sending report now. Welcome back team hell of a way to start your first battle. I think with this you guys just kicked off the war...if they ever firgure out who attacked them."


    John just shuck his head if these poor bastards ever firgure out who attacked them I don''t believe they would enter the war. Look at how much damage One frigate could do. What if a hundred show up or a thousand. No one in their right mind would want to fight something like that over their planet. Well this would serve as a messages to Mand''lor''s enemies in the Senate. Cross us and this can happen to you too.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    ---New Mandalor---


    Jack was in the middle of a war council when his holo com got and incoming messages. Opening it up on the table the council went quite as Sharia furgure came on screen, " Mand''lor I report mission complete we have 1 HPV on board and 23 captured security forces from the planet. We are making our way back into friendly controlled spaces and should arrive at New Mandalor in six hours." That had Jack excited, " Any casualties to report Sharia?" Sharia shook her head no, " I am pleased to say all troops involved with the operation are safe and uninjured. Some of their armors are going to need have clan markings now though. Especially Blue Team that have a confirmed kill count of 160 between the six of them."

 53 After Action

    ---New Mandalor New York compound---


    Ro Bretra was scared. It has been two days since she was taken from Koto-Si. Her captors throw her into a cell the moment they landed on whatever planet she was now on. She hasn''t seen or heard from any of her other officers either. Not since the time they were on the shuttle.


    The one thing she had heard this whole time had been the screaming that had been coming down the hall way. Every day of every hour none stop screaming from sun up to sun down. Any of this would wear down on a beings psyche let alone a scared Neimoidian taken from what amounted to a battle.


    The worst part was it sounded like each hour a new voice was screaming, and she started to wonder if they were taking her officers and doing goddess knows what to them. Then she started to wonder when they would come for her. In her mind she knew it would be soon and it frightened her.


    As the minutes ticked by and the screaming got louder and louder. Ro started to shake and curled up into a ball in the corner of her cell. Rocking back and forward muttering to her she please not me please anything anyone but me. All she would see in her dreams where those armored monsters killing her men over and over. Those ..those..Demons... Luck however was not on her side this day, as one of the Demons of her dreams now stood in front of her cell. All she could do was cry knowing her time was now up.


    Jack was having a good day. The best day in fact, standing in front of him where his clones, his children. He have personally given them this clan marks, his clan marks. The mark of the Demon Dogs, though they still had not tested to see of Blue Team was force sensitive their performance far out weigh if they could use the force or not. The rest of the Demon Dogs had agreed they wanted them in so here they are. After marking them he sent them off for some RnR and then called Sharia in for a debrief.


    Sharia looked exhausted but excited at the same time, " The intelligence we gather from the HVT was a gold mine. Fleet logistics, army moment plans, worlds that have secretly supporting the CIS everything. We even have the jedi who gave away the intel dead to rights no way he get away from any of this. " Jack nodded, " Good no we have a head start for the war, any way they would know we took that intel."


    "No the virus made it look like we were stealing credits and it also pinned the attack on the Hutts." Sharia stated, Jack was pleased by the results of this operation, " Alright let''s inform the Chancellor of this development." Jack sent a holo transmission to Chancellor Valorum and with in seconds the man''s faced formed above the desk.


    " Mand''lor what can I do for you this fine evening."


    This would save a number of lives in the long run. " What are our next step Mand''lor, I don''t see you leaving that traitor in the Senate." Jack chuckled, " You are quite right Chancellor I plan on heading back to Coruscant in the next week or so but I will transmit this information to a few in the Jedi council that I can trust and have them take the man into custody. Plus this will give you time to remove some of the other Senators that are supporting the CIS behind the scenes."


    The Chancellor nodded, " Indeed though they have not given away any secrets but their action do warrant punishment. I will have my end wrapped up by the time your return to the Planet. Now my friend I have much work to do. Until you return." With that the Chancellor faded from the call.


    With that settled he now had time to move on to other affairs. With the intel they had received he planned on launching other black op raids arcoss the galaxy. Blue Team showed that if done right the Mandalorians could turn the war into a one sided slaughter. Granted that none of his teams get killed or captured the CIS would never know the Republic were the ones launching attacks at them.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Now the only real things on his planet was working out a new dealing with many of the ship building clans for more of the Infinity class ships. After seeing a completed version a few days ago he fell in love with the ship and wanted more for the fleet. He decided they would be the new flagships of the fleet and the old capital ships would be converted into destroyers and cruisers used to support them.


    Last but not lest would be planning for his wedding. His mother had been hounding him over the last few days to get start, and with Padma joining her it had been a losing battle trying to put the planning off. Jack sighed one day he would get a break but their was always so much to do and so little time to do it.


    Jack then had a thought, " Sharia what happened to the security forces that Blue Team captured." Sharia laughed, " Oh we are re programming them to act as sleeper cells throughout the CIS when the time is right they will active and care out sabotage. Why throw away a usefully tool when it is given to you."


    Jack was a bit surprised but ultimately it did matter that much to him, " Just make sure they are treated well and when they are actived they have a chance to escape. Are soldiers are not things to.be thrown away even if they were an enemy once."


    ---Coruscant Jedi Temple---


    Obi-Wan was a bit shocked at the mission he and several other jedi had just been given. They were now walking to the room.of one jedi knight Vam. To take him and several others into custody on the charge of treason and sabotage. At first Obi-Wan didn''t want to believe it, but after seeing the data himself he couldn''t help but curse the foolish man for his actions.


    Obi-Wan was only thankfully tha Jack was allowing the order to take care of this problem themselves and not taking it straight to the Senate. If he had done that any good will the people had of the jedi would have been completely destroyed by the man''s actions. The jedi planned to fully punish the jedi and his followers by completely cutting them off from the force and imprisoning them until the war was over.


    For most this would not seem like much of a punishment, but for a jedi to be cut off from the force when they had been use to feeling and using it their whole life. Was like having their arms and legs cut off, they would be a shell of their former self and completely useless after the act. It was a punishment reserved for only the worst of crimes and treason fit that bill.


    Topping in front of the man''s quarters. Obi-Wan motioned for his fellow jedi to open the door. Suprising was plastered on the man''s face as Vam was not expecting company. Obi-Wan harden his face as he spoke, " Jedi Knight Vam you are under arrest for treason and sabotage you will surrender your light saber and come with me to await the date for your trial."


    Shivk was plastered all over the mans face, " Fellow jedi their must be some mistake. Do you say I have committed treason and sabotage. There must be some mistake... I would never.." Before he could continue Obi-Wan cut him off, " I am not here to argue or debate this with you Vam I am hear to take you in. You can argue your case to the council."

 54 Trial of the Fallen

    The days came and went and finally the day of the jedi council trial was at hand. Knight Vam had atlest in the beginning put up a strong front. Convincing himself that their was no evidence, and that the Mand''lor had some how pulled strings to get the jedi council to place him under house arrest.


    This quickly changed however when he learned that not only him but all of his co-conspirators had been taken into custody as well. Even the non-force users that they had convinced to send the message in the first place. That had gotten him extremely worried so the day before the trial he used his trump card and called in reinforcements to break him out just in case it looked as though the trial was not going to go his way.


    As he was marched into the council chambers. He could see that all of the Masters were present, and they did not look happy to see him. Jedi Master Windu began the preceding, " Knight Vam you have been brought before the council on charges of treason and sabotage how do you plea."


    Vam answered without hesitation, " Not guilty. I have always been a loyal member of the jedi order. The order is my home and family I would never betray them." Before he could continue Master Yoda cut him off, " Betray the jedi we did not say. Betray the Republic and her allies you have. Evidence we have been show to prove your actions."


    With that Vam watched in horror as everything he had done was placed on a holo screen in front of the council. Even right down to the speech he used to get the few jedi that supported him on board. It seemed that some of his followers had recorded him and talked. Master Fisto spoke next, " If your actions would have succeeded the Republic would have lost a number of lives and would have started the war on the back foot. All for what...To try and bring down our Mandalorians allies.


    To take over their place as the leaders of this war. In case you have forgotten your actions have proved his point. Your rash decisions would have cost the Republic thousands of soliders and ships for nothing." Master Windu rose from his seat as he spoke next, " Had it not been for the Mand''lor allowing us to hand this in house your trial would have been brought to the Senate floor. Image what would have happened if the Senate found out that a jedi.


    A supposes protector of the Republic had turned traitor just to elevate his political career. It would have been the end of any trust the Republic would have in us. Now what do you have to say for yourself before we pass judgment." Vam knew it was over...all of his work and planning gone within a few minutes, but he could not be caught here so with a look of complete determination he look Master Windu in the eyes as he let out a strong whistle.


    It is but a small set back but as the war goes on you come to see the error of your choices today." Making his way to the newly formed hole Master Fisto tried to.cut him off from entering the ship. However the bounty hunters in the ship had been watching the Master Jedi, and as Fisto went to force pull Vam back inside he was hit full force with two ship sized turbo lasers. The jedi was dead before he could hit the ground this caused several other members to go for broke and either bring Vam back or take down that ship.


    Before Yoda could stop them Yareal Poof, Eeth Koth, and Yadda all took turbo lasers fire. After the smoke cleared all three were laying dead. Vam was heart broken, this was not how it was suppose to go. These bounty hunters should have fired on the Masters he had paired the extra to in sure that they wouldn''t, but now four of the lay dead right in front of him.


    As much as it pained him he could not stop now he had come to far and done too much to turn back. walking to the hole the ship opened a ramp near the hole. Turing to look at Yoda one last time. Vam mouthed I am sorry to the old Master and walked inside. The ship took off and with in seconds Coruscant security forces few after the ship.


    Though they would give it their all ultimately they would not be able to catch up with the ship before it left the atmosphere and entered hyperspace. Yoda and the other Masters were besides themselves. They had underestimated the willingness that Vam would go to not to be caught. For that mistake four Masters had been lost. When Jack had first given them the evidence he had told them to just kill the man right there and then. Had we listened then four lives could have been saved. Yoda turned to face Mace Windu would had Eeth Koth cradled in his arms. "Inform we must the Mandalorians, failed we have in passing judgment and keeping justice."


    Windu only nodded he knew Yoda was right it was too late to try and keep any of this in house now. A former member of the Senate with tactical knowledge had turned traitor. Plans needed to be redone as there was a great possibility that the CIS would attack first due to this.


    ---New Mandalor Office of Mand''lor---


    Jack really shouldn''t have been surprised. He let someone else clean up their mess and some how they manage to make a bigger one. He knew it wasn''t really their fault, but he could still be up set with all of it. Now plans would have to be changed. He was sure the escaped jedi would inform the CIS that the Republic knew about the trap and would be preparing for it. Ultimately it did not matter simply because Jack''s Generals had been making a ton of contingency plans just for a situation such as this.


    He would be playing this plans close to the chest though the less people that knew about the plans the less likely there would be leaks. Sighing deeply Jack told Master Windu not to worry about it as he would despatch a team to hunt the jedi down. He also told him to morn his dead and that he would run the damage control on this event. As much as they annoyed him Jack need the jedi to remain in play. They were a symbol and symbols held great power in times of war.


    Ending his meeting Jack then had to pump him self help for his greatest challenge since becoming Mand''lor.... Wedding Planning.


    ---Coruscant Ruins---


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    Sidious stared at the fallen jedi in front of him. The man had pledged his support for his cause after Sidious had tricked the man into believing he was an ally of the true Jedi order. He promised the jedi he would help him rid the galaxy of the Mandalorians corruption. In truth Sidious would us this man to frame all of the jedi and cause their fall from grace, and after he was done he would use this idiot as a chip to get his one on one meeting with the new Mand''lor that he had desperately wanted. Things had finally begun to look up for the Dark Lord.

 55 The Wedding

    Three weeks had passed. It took Shmi three weeks to plan and set up Jack''s and Shaak''s wedding. Jack had wanted to wait a few months before this would happen, however Shmi had reminded him that you never know what could happen.in.this life. It better to do something that you want now and not put it off for later.


    With the war looming Jack knew his mother was right, and so today was his wedding day. To celebrate the day only major operations were continued. All others were given the day off to attend the ceremony. The wedding was being help at Madison Square Gardens in New York. The stadium seemed to be converted into a giant church as pillars rose from the floor to the ceiling. Jack at the moment was standing outside greeting his many guest that had shown up.


    He had been at this for hours at this point as it seemed every clan elder on the planet had made a point to show up to show their support for his marriage. This had gotten worse as some senators had even shown up as well. Jack''s friend Keith had also been dragged here to help when he had unwittingly started to laugh at Jack''s miss fortune early.


    As much as this part of the ceremony was killing him on the inside he knew it would be worth it in the in. It had been an entire day since he had seen Shaak Ti as with going with the old earth tradition the bride and groom were not allowed to meet each other until the moments before they would be wed. This had made him nervous in the beginning but with Jack''s ability to sense people through the force.


    Find authorized novels in Webnovel£¬faster updates, better experience£¬Please click www.webnovel.com for visiting.


    He knew his wife to be had no plans on running off. After getting through the reception portion of the proceedings. Tha main event was about to take place. Taking his position at the top of a platform at the end of the bride''s walk way. Jack stood their with his grooms men waiting on his wife to be.


    Second seem like hours to Jack as even though he could sense that she was just beyond the entrance. He started to feel nervous, maybe she didn''t want to get married right now, maybe she didn''t love him the same way he loved her. Thousands of possibles started running through his mind. All of them stopped when he say his wife being escorted by Qui-Gon down the aisle.


    Finally making it to the top Qui-Gon passed Shaak Ti over to Jack as they then turned to face the old earth priest. " Dearly beloved we are gather here to day for the joining of Jack Skywalker and Shaak Ti in holy matrimony." The man turned to Jack, " Do you Jack Skywalker take Shaak Ti as your lawfully wedded wife in sickness and in health, through trials and tribulations, for better and for worse, till death do you part." Without any hesitation from Jack, "I do." The priest turned to Shaak Ti, " Do you Shaak Ti take Jack Skywalker as your lawfully wedded husband in sickness and in health, through trials and tribulations, for better and for worse, till death due you part." With a shake voice and tears running down her face Shaak Ti smiled,"I do."


    The priest now turned to the crowd, " If their is anyone who does not believe these two should be wed speak now or forever hold your peace." Their was complete silence in the area as Shaak''s eyes darted from one person to another almost daring someone to say a word. With the silence holding the priest turned back to Jack and Shaak, " With peace held with the power vested in me I now pronounce you Mr. and Mrs. Skywalker, you may kiss the bride.


    Shaak before Jack a chance to react grabbed her husband as she forced her lips on to his. With the crowd cheering in the background the most important part of the wedding had gone off without a hitch. Now came the best part of a wedding the dinner and party after words.


    The fest that was prepared was magnificent. They had to prepare enough food for the thousands that had come to attend, but some how the chiefs hired for the job managed to pull through. During the height of the dinner Jack rose to give a speech. " Today on my happiest if days I stand her to tell you all one simple thing. Do not wait to tell the one you love that you love them. With the war drawing near it is time to take advantage of these peacefully moments and spend them with people you care about. For you never know what tomorrow may bring."


    With that the half drunken Jack sat back down next to his wife and the crowd clapped in approval. Jack''s words were mostly directed at his kid brother as he eyed the boy across the table sitting with Padma. Though the boy is old 14 at the moment the war would take him away from Padma for long stretches at a time. It would be best to put all of you out there now then to regret it later.


    As the dinner and party that followed slowly started to come to and end Jack was once again forced to thank most of the main guest for coming for a relatively short amount of time much to Jack''s relief.


    Jack and Shaak went through the long process of opening all of the gifts they received from the wedding. Though most materials goods did not have any meaning to Mand''lor it was the thought that made the gifts special.


    For their honeymoon Jack planned to take Shaak to Scarif as the planet was known for it lush beaches. Jack had only wanted it to be the two of the but the elder council was not going to have any of that. With the war about to start they were not about to have their commander off world without escorted. So Jack''s new Flag ship the Battle Star Calamity would taking and bring the two back from their honeymoon.


    Just before the two ser off for their two week vacation Jack gave Sharia a set of orders to find the jedi that had escaped from the jedi council. He had given her kill on sight orders. Sharia nodded and set off to complete the task though Jack had a feeling she would not be able to find the jedi easily if at all. Not trying to put a damper on his mood Jack picked up Shaak and carried her to the speeder that would take them to his ship.


    --- Redacted Location in space---


    Blue team had just come off of RnR a few days ago. As much as they would have love to see their fathers wedding they had a job to do, and he would understand. Intel had found that the CIS were planning an attack to start the war. Blue team had been tasked find out the targets of the attacks and when they would take place.


    This is what brought them out in the middle of nowhere to meet with a contact that had inside information on the attacks. The contact was new so John was a bit on edge about the meeting which is why the ship had sat cloaked for the past hour just outside of the meeting area. The contacts ship had been sitting there but it had many no attempt to use it sensors to scan and see if there were any ships near by.


    Something didn''t seat right with John. John had Cortana run a scan on the ship and for the fourth time to scan came up normal. Before John could ask again something shimmered in to existence just behind the smaller ship. It seemed like this had been a trap all along but that was not the problem. The problem was where did the CIS get cloaking technology from. If the Mandalorians had a leak this could be very bad, but before John could go and sound the alarm Cortana stopped him.

 56 Annoucmen

@@

 56 The Storm

    Jack was concerned, he had been for the past few weeks. The Wedding and honeymoon had come and gone, but right after his good times there had been a lingering feeling of helplessness that had been plaguing Jack for a couple of weeks. With the knowledge that the Dathomir witches had joined the side of his enemies. Jack knew he had wasted a chance to gain a powerful ally.


    With the looming feeling only grow worse by the day Jack knew what he had to do. Hitting his holo terminal he sent a call to the Chancellor and with in seconds the man appeared. " Mandalor to what do I owe the pleasure of your call this fine evening." Jack was not in the mood to play with the man so he got straight to the point," I want to being the war in the 48 hours and I want the first planet we attack to be Geonosis, and before you say anything I know we had a plan that we put in place for when we would attack before.


    I feel that the longer we wait to begin this war the stronger our opponents will become. We need the first strike to rally the people behind." The Chancellor was silent in his thoughts but before long he looked at Jack, " What do you have in mind." Jack smiled and then began telling him the invasion plan for Geonosis in great detail. By the time he had finished It was mid night on New Mandalor and Dawn on Coruscant.


    "So to conclude, Mandalorian forces will blockade the system stopping any ships from leaving and stopping any reinforcements from arriving to help the defenders. We will land troops only after the space fight is finished to ensure air supremacy, and if our losses begin to rise above 10% we pull all ground forces off planet and glass it. That sound about right Mand''lor," Chancellor Valorum said as clearly as he could so no misunderstanding could occur.


    Jack nodded, " That is correct Chancellor, also at most we should commit 2 attack fleets to this and 6 battalions. We don''t want to over play our hand. I can provide 3 of the six battalions in the next 24 hours and my fleet can be in Coruscant by tomorrow. How soo will your sides battalions be ready?"


    Valorum smiled," My boy I have been sending messages since the moment we began our discussion my men will be ready in 12 hours tops. Have your fleet only send its frigates down for transport. I am still not done rooting out the corrupt senators on the planet so we dont need anyone knowing the fleets strength just yet."


    And seeing how this is the very first battle of this war I will see to it that we do not fail." Valorum sighed, "Very well see to it that you do not die we can not afford to have our General fall in the first fight. I will leave to prepare the people for war and make the announcement. Good Hunting Mand''lor."


    " To you as well Chancellor...For the glory of the Republic." Valorum faded for the call as Jack was left in silence in his office. The war was on and he had much to do. 24 hour is short in the grand scheme of things and it was shorter still when a major event was about to take place. Jack was now sitting in the command chair of his flag ship the "Silence" a modified Infinity Battle Star class.


    The loading for all troops was finishing up. Jack had recalled all of the Demon Dogs and Blue team for this operation. He was going to make a statement for this mission don''t fuck with Mandalor. As the last drop ship loaded Jack had his fleet jump just outside of Coruscants sensor range to meet up with the Republic standing armies. With in a few minutes frigates from the fleet began making their way to the planet to pick up the Republic troopers.


    It would take a few hours for all forces to make to the ships so Jack took this moment to reflect on everything that had brought him to this point. In his moment of meditation he sensed the arrival of Master Windu. The Master was brought to the command deck where he spotted the Mandalorian leader meditating. He could feel the force gathered around the man.


    It seemed to enter every person on all the ships in the vicinity. The jedi Master was awe inspired at the sight for this use of the force was similar to the old technique of battle meditation talked about in the jedi archives. The technique had been lost to the ages, but here it was once again.


    The Jedi took this chance to walk up and sit next to the Mandalorian, "Tell me honestly Mand''lor...how bad will this war be on the people of the Republic, and on the jedi order as a whole." Jack answer while not looking at the man,"Best case hunders of star system will be damaged beyond repair, and the societies there will have to start from scratch to rebuild. Millions will die in the fighting and the Republic will be wounded from the war and placed in a vulnerable state.


    That''s the best case worst case we lose and you and everyone you know and care about will be killed or enslaved for whatever remains of their lives." Windu looked disheartened, " Is there truly no other option other than war.Is this the only path that is left for us..." Jack didn''t answer for this question was not directed at him but more towards the force its self.


    He knew what Windu was struggling with but it was a struggle that all who hold power have to struggle with. The justification for sending your people in to battle where death was all but guaranteed for them. There is no right or wrong when it comes to this struggle. So Jack had no way of helping him through it. All they could do was wait, and so wait they did. Soon all troops were loaded and ready to go to War.


    Jack gave all crew 24 hours to finish all preparation before battle. He then left the command deck and headed to his personal quarters to make one last call to his family. As Qui-Gon and Anakin had been forced to stay with Shmi, and with ShaakTi pregnant there was no way Jack would risk her and their child life by having her here.


    So for the first strike he would be without any members of his direct family. He still had Triss and Keith but having his Wife or his Stepfather with him would make feel a bit better. His master Reaven had joined him for this mission but that would not be until the battle in space was already raging. Jack was relieved none the lest with his Master present for the attack it was guaranteed that the mission would be successful.

 57 Announcemen

@@